Amendment to agreement with Rummel
Extracted text (via pymupdf)
345309 characters
City of Glendale Standard Form Agreement Between Owner and CM@Risk (May 15, 2023)
Project Name: City of Glendale Municipal Landfill North Cell Liner Phase II
Project No.:
232425
Amendment No: 1
Date:
May 30, 2024
This Amendment to that certain Standard Form Agreement dated by and between the City of Glendale and
Rummel Construction, Inc. (CM@Risk) for services, deliverables and work related to Project No. 232425, Project
Name: City of Glendale Municipal Landfill North Cell Liner Phase II, (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into
effective this day of , 2024.
1. This Amendment #1 establishes a Guaranteed Maximum Price (“GMP”) and Construction Phase Fee for
Construction Services and incorporates such terms into the Agreement, making the Agreement effective
for Construction Phase Services:
a.
The total fee for Construction Phase Services, which is included in the Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP)
as defined under the Agreement, shall be fixed at Two hundred seventy-six thousand six hundred and sixty-
seven and 00/100 Dollars ($276,667.00).
b. The Guaranteed Maximum Price (“GMP”) for Construction Services, as defined under the Agreement, shall
be Two million four hundred twelve thousand seven hundred thirty-seven and 03/100 Dollars
($2,412,737.03).
c.
The total compensation under the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, shall be:
Pre-Construction Phase
Construction Phase
Total
Original Agreement:
$4823.20
$
$4823.20
Previous Amendments:
$
$
$
This Amendment:
$
$2,412,737.03
$2,412,737.03
Total (including this
Amendment):
$4823.20
$2,412,737.03
$2,417,560.23
2. DELETE the blank template “Exhibit C – Cost of the Work – Schedule of Values” from the Agreement
and ADD “Exhibit C – Rummel Construction, Inc. Cost of the Work – Schedule of Values” dated May
30, 2024 (43 Pages), attached herein.
3. ADD “Exhibit E – Construction Documents necessary to define Scope of Work and deliverables for the
Construction Phase Services, including plans, designs, drawings, specifications and other required
Contract Documents” dated May 30, 2024 (160 Pages), attached herein.
4. ADD “Exhibit F - Statement of All Clarifications and Assumptions” dated May 30, 2024 (1 Pages),
attached herein.
5. ADD “Exhibit G – Schedule of Major Milestones” dated May 30, 2024 (1 Pages), attached herein.
6. CHANGE 180 Calendar days and January 28, 2025 for Article 5.3.1 Substantial Completion of the Work.
7. CHANGE February 28, 2025 for Article 5.4.1 Final Completion of the Work.
8. CHANGE one thousand seventy dollars ($1,070.00) in Article 5.5 Liquidated Damages for substantial
completion and final completion amounts.
City of Glendale Standard Form Agreement Between Owner and CM@Risk (May 15, 2023)
9.
All other provisions, terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full effect.
(Signature on following page)
EXHIBIT C
Cost of the Work
43 Pages
28
Rummel Construction, Inc.
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT RISK AGREEMENT - Exhibit C - Cost of the Work
City of Glendale Municipal Landfill North Cell Liner Phase II - Project No. 232425 - May 30, 2024
DIRECT CONSTRUCTION COST
Cost Code
Item of Work
GMP No. 1
GMP No. 2
GMP No. 3 GMP No. 4 Total GMP
GENERAL CONDITIONS - PERSONNEL STAFFING
101,842.50
$
GENERAL CONDITIONS - SITE OPERATIONS
122,189.28
$
MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION
73,802.84
$
EXCAVATION/STOCKPILING
34,458.03
$
SURVEYING
10,900.00
$
AZPDES
14,126.97
$
ENGINEERED FILL
6,165.04
$
LINER SUBGRADE PREPARATION
79,358.42
$
OPERATIONS LAYER PLACEMENT
253,591.94
$
ANCHOR TRENCH-BENCH
11,884.50
$
BASE LINER TERMINATION
40,543.73
$
SIDE SLOPE LINER TERMINATION
27,627.28
$
BENCH LINER TERMINATION
57,313.52
$
BASE LINER TIE-IN
88,388.00
$
SIDESLOPE LINER TIE-IN
9,235.13
$
GCL
297,208.00
$
60-MIL GEOMEMBRANE
222,324.00
$
GEOCOMPOSITE
208,626.00
$
6" HDPE LCRS
91,204.98
$
6" HDPE RISER
11,054.50
$
12 OZ GEOTEXTILE
21,025.90
$
CONTINGENCIES
CONTRACTOR
50,000.00
$
OWNER
96,467.00
$
SUBTOTAL DIRECT CONSTRUCTION COST (DCC)
1,929,337.56
$
-
$
CONSTRUCTION PHASE FEE
FEE
FIXED FEE, EQUAL TO 14.34% OF DCC
276,667.00
$
-
$
* Fee = 8.56% for Overhead and 5.78% for Profit
SUBTOTAL CONSTRUCTION PHASE FEE
276,667.00
$
-
$
INDIRECT CONSTRUCTION COSTS (ICC)
BONDS
CMR PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BOND 1.5%
33,090.00
$
-
$
INSURANCE
CMR INSURANCES (WORKER'S COMP, GENERAL LIABILITY,
AUTO LIABILITY, UMBRELLA) 1.2%
26,472.00
$
-
$
BUILDER'S RISK 0.5%
11,030.00
$
-
$
TAXES
5.98% OF (DCC + FEE + BOND + INSURANCE)
136,140.47
$
-
$
SUBTOTAL INDIRECT CONSTRUCTION COST (ICC)
206,732.47
$
-
$
TOTAL GMP = DCC + FEE + ICC
2,412,737.03
$
-
$
Exhibit C
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 1 of 43
Calculation for Rummel Construction Overhead & Profit (Fee Amount)
Audited Overhead (see attached)
9.76%
Deduct Insurance of 1.2% (from GMP line item)
-1.20%
Subtotal Overhead Cost
8.56%
Rummel Construction Profit
5.78%
Rummel Construction Overhead & Profit
14.34%
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 2 of 43
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 3 of 43
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 4 of 43
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 5 of 43
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 6 of 43
Bid Item Direct Cost Breakdown
Extended
Description of Cost
QTY
UOM Unit Cost
Direct Cost
1 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION
1
LS
73,802.84
73,802.84
2 EXCAVATION/STOCKPILING
5,442
CY
6.33
34,458.03
3 SURVEYING
1
LS
10,900.00
10,900.00
4 AZPDES
1
LS
14,126.97
14,126.97
5 ENGINEERED FILL
1,562
CY
3.95
6,165.04
6 LINER SUBGRADE PREPARATION
9
AC
8,817.60
79,358.42
7 OPERATIONS LAYER PLACEMENT
27,077
CY
9.37
253,591.94
9 ANCHOR TRENCH-BENCH
442
LF
26.89
11,884.50
10 BASE LINER TERMINATION
1,530
LF
26.50
40,543.73
11 SIDE SLOPE LINER TERMINATION
419
LF
65.94
27,627.28
12 BENCH LINER TERMINATION
442
LF
129.67
57,313.52
13 BASE LINER TIE-IN
1,550
LF
57.02
88,388.00
14 SIDESLOPE LINER TIE-IN
390
LF
23.68
9,235.13
15 GCL
388,000
SF
0.77
297,208.00
16 60-MIL GEOMEMBRANE
388,000
SF
0.57
222,324.00
17 GEOCOMPOSITE
327,000
SF
0.64
208,626.00
18 6" HDPE LCRS
2,120
LF
43.02
91,204.98
19 6" HDPE RISER
320
LF
34.55
11,054.50
20 12 OZ GEOTEXTILE
61,300
SF
0.34
21,025.90
TOTAL DIRECT COST
1,558,838.78
$
Exhibit C Direct Cost Breakdown
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 7 of 43
General Conditions Breakdown
Extended
Description of Cost
QTY
UOM
Unit Cost
Direct Cost
GENERAL CONDITIONS - PERSONNEL STAFFING
PROJECT SUPERVISION
3.5
MO
29,097.86
101,842.50
101,842.50
GENERAL CONDITIONS - SITE OPERATIONS
KLEIN TANKS/STORAGE CONTAINERS
3.0
MO
1,405.33
4,216.00
GPS EQUIPMENT
3.0
MO
6,800.00
20,400.00
SAFETY SUPPLIES/J-JOHNS/LATHE/ETC
3.0
MO
6,156.74
18,470.21
SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN
1
LS
2,457.61
2,457.61
ON-SITE FUEL STORAGE & CONTAINMENT
1
LS
1,749.68
1,749.68
LINER SUBCONTRACT SUPPORT
1
LS
74,895.78
74,895.78
SITE OPERATIONS
122,189.28
$
Exhibit C General Conditions
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 8 of 43
Direct Cost Contingencies
Extended
Description of Cost
QTY
UOM
Unit Cost
Direct Cost
CONTRACTOR CONTINGENCIES
GEOSYNTHETICS MATERIAL ESCALATION
1
AL
50,000.00
50,000.00
TOTAL CONTRACTOR CONTINGENCIES
50,000.00
OWNER CONTINGENCIES
-
OWNER CONTINGENCY 5% of DCC
1
AL
96,467.00
96,467.00
OWNER CONTINGENCIES
96,467.00
TOTAL CONTINGENCIES
146,467.00
Exhibit C Contingencies
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 9 of 43
Cost Detail Backup
1. Cost Report
2. Subcontractor quotes
a. Liner Subcontractors
i. Patriot Environmental (low and selected)
ii. International Lining
iii. EC Applications
b. Survey
i. S3 Arizona LLC
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 10 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 1
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 100
CLIENT# = 1
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
1.000
---------- Mobilization Load Calculator ----------
Legal Mobilization
Equipment Qty Trips Total
Backhoes 1 2 2
D6 Dozer 2 2 4
308 Excavator 1 2 2
320 Excavator 0 1 0
950 Loader 1 2 2
966 Loader 2 2 4
Gannon Tractors 1 2 2
14 Motorgrader 2 2 4
140 Motorgrader 0 1 0
16 Motorgrader 0 1 0
160 Motorgrader 0 1 0
613 Scraper 0 1 0
Ag Tractor 1 2 2
Implements - Bee Gee, Discs 1 2 2
5K Waterpull 0 1 0
Water Truck - 2K 0 1 0
Water Truck - 4K 1 2 2
Hurricane Pumps 0 1 0
Klein Tank 1 2 2
Connex Boxes 2 2 4
HDPE Pipe 0 1 0
Attachments (from Heavy) 0 1 0
Misc. 10 2 20
Total Legal Loads 52
Oversize Mobilization
Equipment Qty Trips Total
D8 Dozer 0 1 0
623 Scraper 2 2 4
627 Scraper 0 1 0
8K Waterpull 2 2 4
325 Excavator 1 2 2
740 / 475 Articulated Truck 1 2 2
Screening Plant 2 2 4
815 Compactor 0 1 0
Total Oversize Loads 16
Oversize Heavy Mobilization
Equipment Qty Number of one way trips Total
D10 Dozer 0 1 0
D9 Dozer 1 2 2
657 Scraper 0 1 0
637 Scraper 0 1 0
631 Scraper 0 1 0
988 Loader 0 1 0
349 Excavator 0 1 0
374 Excavator 1 2 2
773 Rigid Frame Truck 0 1 0
Total Oversize Heavy Loads 4
Total Equipment Prep Hours 2
Total Equipment Prep Cost $394
------------------ End Assembly ------------------
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 11 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 2
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 100
CLIENT# = 1
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
1.000
190-10-02
Mobilization - Legal Move
Quan:
52.00 LDS Hrs/Shft:
8.00
Cal: 508 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
MOBRUM
Mobilization Rumco
260.00
CH
Prod:
5.0000 HU
Lab Pcs:
1.00
Eqp Pcs:
1.00
6MBRUM
RUMCO Mob Outside Esc
1.00
52.00 EA
25.000
1,300
1,300
8LBLB
Truck and Trailer
1.00
260.00 HR
76.435
19,873
19,873
DRTP
Driver, Transport Low Boy 1.00
260.00 MH
43.278
11,252
11,252
$32,425.46
5.0000 MH/LDS
260.00 MH
[ 171.25 ]
11,252
1,300
19,873
32,425
190-10-03
Mobilization - Oversize Move
Quan:
16.00 LDS Hrs/Shft:
8.00
Cal: 508 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
MOBLGL
Mobilization Legal
80.00
CH
Prod:
5.0000 HU
Lab Pcs:
1.00
Eqp Pcs:
2.00
6MBLGL
Legal Mob Outside Esc
1.00
16.00 EA
74.000
1,184
1,184
8LBJEEP
Jeep Trailer
1.00
80.00 HR
20.000
1,600
1,600
8LBLB
Truck and Trailer
1.00
80.00 HR
76.435
6,115
6,115
DRTP
Driver, Transport Low Boy 1.00
80.00 MH
43.278
3,462
3,462
$12,361.06
5.0000 MH/LDS
80.00 MH
[ 171.25 ]
3,462
1,184
7,715
12,361
190-10-04
Mobilization - Oversize-Heavy Move
Quan:
4.00 LDS Hrs/Shft:
8.00
Cal: 508 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
MOBOVS
Mobilization Oversize
24.00
CH
Prod:
6.0000 HU
Lab Pcs:
3.00
Eqp Pcs:
5.00
6MBOVR
Oversize Mob Outside Esc
1.00
4.00 EA
100.000
400
400
8LBBOOS
Booster Trailer
1.00
24.00 HR
15.000
360
360
8LBJEEP
Jeep Trailer
1.00
24.00 HR
20.000
480
480
8LBLB
Truck and Trailer
1.00
24.00 HR
76.435
1,834
1,834
8LBPILOT
Lowbed Pilot Car
2.00
48.00 HR
14.490
696
696
DRPI
Driver, Pilot Car
2.00
48.00 MH
34.117
1,638
1,638
DRTP
Driver, Transport Low Boy 1.00
24.00 MH
43.278
1,039
1,039
$6,446.27
18.0000 MH/LDS
72.00 MH
[ 529.5 ]
2,676
400
3,370
6,446
190-10-07
Mobilization Equipment Setup/Takedown
Quan:
2.00 HRS Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
MECH
Mech Transport Break
2.00
CH
Prod:
1.0000 HU
Lab Pcs:
3.00
Eqp Pcs:
2.00
8LD980
Cat 980 Wheel Loader (
1.00
2.00 HR
173.670
347
347
8ZMECHTRK
Mechanics Truck
1.00
2.00 HR
31.250
63
63
MECH
Mechanic
1.00
2.00 MH
47.955
96
96
MECHHELP
Mechanic Helper
1.00
2.00 MH
34.055
68
68
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
1.00
2.00 MH
42.395
85
85
$658.65
3.0000 MH/HRS
6.00 MH
[ 98.45 ]
249
410
659
970-33
MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00
1.00 LS
7,000.000
7,000
7,000
809-00
Punchlist & Demobe Prep
Quan:
5.00 S
Hrs/Shft:
8.00
Cal: 508 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
MICU
Clean Up / Miscellaneous
40.00
CH
Prod:
0.0000
Lab Pcs:
4.00
Eqp Pcs:
3.00
7SWEEP
Sweeping Services
1.00
40.00 HR
110.000
4,400
4,400
8LDGT
JD210 / Case 570 Ganno
1.00
40.00 HR
38.500
1,540
1,540
8TKPU
Foreman pickup
1.00
40.00 HR
14.250
570
570
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
40.00 HR
54.000
2,160
2,160
LACMN
Laborer, Common
1.00
40.00 MH
29.062
1,163
1,163
OPGEN
Operator, General
1.00
40.00 MH
37.592
1,504
1,504
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
40.00 MH
38.539
1,542
1,542
ZFM1
General Foreman
1.00
40.00 MH
50.840
2,034
2,034
$14,911.40
32.0000 MH/S
160.00 MH
[ 978 ]
6,241
4,400
4,270
14,911
=====>
Item Totals:
100
- MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION
$73,802.84
578.0000 MH/LS
578.00 MH
[ 18849.9 ]
23,881
7,284
35,638
7,000
73,803
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 12 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 3
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 100
CLIENT# = 1
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
1.000
73,802.840
1 LS
23,881.14
7,284.00 35,637.70 7,000.00 73,802.84
BID ITEM
= 200
CLIENT# = 2
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
EXCAVATION/STOCKPILING
Unit =
CY
Takeoff Quan:
5,442.000
Engr Quan:
5,442.000
203-00-22
Regrading Floor
Quan:
3,614.00 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
1 blade is windrowing minor cuts. Average cut is 0.8'
Hauling to north stockpile
EXS232
(Mod) Excavation Scraper 623-2
20.00
CH
Prod:
180.7000 UH
Lab Pcs:
6.00
Eqp Pcs:
6.00
8MG140
Cat 140 Motorgrader
2.00
40.00 HR
92.000
3,680
3,680
8SC623
Cat 623 Scraper
2.00
40.00 HR
146.500
5,860
5,860
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
20.00 HR
122.000
2,440
2,440
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
20.00 HR
6.000
120
120
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
20.00 MH
43.436
869
869
OPBLD
Operator, Finish Motorgrad 2.00
40.00 MH
51.637
2,065
2,065
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
2.00
40.00 MH
43.853
1,754
1,754
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
20.00 MH
41.143
823
823
$17,611.20
0.0332 MH/CY
120.00 MH
[ 1.207 ]
5,511
12,100
17,611
203-01-01
Regrading Fat 2:1 slopes
Quan:
1,828.00 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
This item is both cutting (average of 0.7') and finegrading (cut/on-grade) prior to rolling
Approximately 6,458 SY either cut/on-grade
6458/20= 323 SY/HR
623s hauling to north stockpile
EXD6
(Mod) Excavation D6 Dozer
20.00
CH
Prod:
91.4000 UH
Lab Pcs:
5.50
Eqp Pcs:
5.50
8DZ06
Cat D6/D6T/D6R2 Dozer
2.00
40.00 HR
106.500
4,260
4,260
8DZ09
Cat D9T Dozer (405 hp)
0.50
10.00 HR
220.000
2,200
2,200
8SC623
Cat 623 Scraper
1.00
20.00 HR
146.500
2,930
2,930
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
20.00 HR
122.000
2,440
2,440
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
20.00 HR
6.000
120
120
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
20.00 MH
43.436
869
869
OPDZR
Operator, Dozer
2.50
50.00 MH
46.563
2,328
2,328
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
1.00
20.00 MH
43.853
877
877
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
20.00 MH
41.143
823
823
$16,846.83
0.0601 MH/CY
110.00 MH
[ 2.12 ]
4,897
11,950
16,847
=====>
Item Totals:
200
- EXCAVATION/STOCKPILING
$34,458.03
0.0422 MH/CY
230.00 MH
[ 1.514 ]
10,408
24,050
34,458
6.332
5442 CY
1.91
4.42
6.33
BID ITEM
= 300
CLIENT# = 3
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
SURVEYING
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
1.000
970-46
SURVEYING
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
7SURVEY
Survey Sub
1.00
1.00 LS
10,900.000
10,900
10,900
=====>
Item Totals:
300
- SURVEYING
$10,900.00
[ ]
10,900
10,900
10,900.000
1 LS
10,900.00
10,900.00
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 13 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 4
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 400
CLIENT# = 4
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
AZPDES
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
1.000
810-12
SWPPP Plans
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
6NOICG
Construction General - NOI 1.00
1.00 EA
499.000
499
499
8TKPUPE
==> Project Engineer Picku 1.00
40.00 HR
14.250
570
570
ZE10
==> Project Engineer
1.00
40.00 MH
42.758
1,710
1,710
$2,779.32
40.0000 MH/LS
40.00 MH
[ 1312 ]
1,710
499
570
2,779
810-02
Silt Fence
Quan:
2,000.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
ECBALE
SWPPP Straw Bale Placement
30.00
CH
Prod:
66.6667 UH
Lab Pcs:
3.00
Eqp Pcs:
2.00
2ESF01
Std. Silt Fence W/stakes
1.00
2,000.00 LF
1.100
2,200
2,200
8LDGT
JD210 / Case 570 Ganno
1.00
30.00 HR
38.500
1,155
1,155
8TLFB
Trailer, Flat Bed
1.00
30.00 HR
10.000
300
300
LACMN
Laborer, Common
2.00
60.00 MH
31.969
1,918
1,918
OPGEN
Operator, General
1.00
30.00 MH
41.351
1,241
1,241
$6,813.68
0.0450 MH/LF
90.00 MH
[ 1.25 ]
3,159
2,200
1,455
6,814
810-16
SWPPP Inspections Etc.
Quan:
3.00 MOS Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
8TKPUPE
==> Project Engineer Picku 1.00
48.00 HR
14.250
684
684
ZE10
==> Project Engineer
1.00
48.00 MH
42.758
2,052
2,052
$2,736.39
16.0000 MH/MOS
48.00 MH
[ 524.8 ]
2,052
684
2,736
810-17
Concrete Washout
Quan:
1.00 EA
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
LA-SW1
SWPPP Concrete Washoul
10.00
CH
Prod:
1.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
4.00
Eqp Pcs:
1.00
8BH420
Cat 420 Backhoe
1.00
10.00 HR
42.500
425
425
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
30.00 MH
31.969
959
959
OPBKH
Operator, Backhoe
1.00
10.00 MH
41.351
414
414
$1,797.58
40.0000 MH/EA
40.00 MH
[ 1086.25 ]
1,373
425
1,798
=====>
Item Totals:
400
- AZPDES
$14,126.97
218.0000 MH/LS
218.00 MH
[ 6472.4 ]
8,294
2,200
499
3,134
14,127
14,126.970
1 LS
8,293.97 2,200.00
499.00
3,134.00
14,126.97
BID ITEM
= 500
CLIENT# = 5
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
ENGINEERED FILL
Unit =
CY
Takeoff Quan:
1,562.000
Engr Quan:
1,562.000
203-41
Place Fill from Onsite Ex
Quan:
1,562.00 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
PLFILL
(Mod) Place Fill from Onsite Ex
10.00
CH
Prod:
156.2000 UH
Lab Pcs:
5.00
Eqp Pcs:
5.00
8DZ06
Cat D6/D6T/D6R2 Dozer
1.00
10.00 HR
106.500
1,065
1,065
8RCVS
Cat CS54 Vib Steel Rol
1.00
10.00 HR
43.578
436
436
8TRDSK
Ag Tractor & Disc
1.00
10.00 HR
124.580
1,246
1,246
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
10.00 HR
122.000
1,220
1,220
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
10.00 HR
6.000
60
60
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
10.00 MH
43.436
434
434
OPDZR
Operator, Dozer
1.00
10.00 MH
46.564
466
466
OPGEN
Operator, General
2.00
20.00 MH
41.351
827
827
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
10.00 MH
41.143
411
411
$6,165.03
0.0320 MH/CY
50.00 MH
[ 1.083 ]
2,138
4,027
6,165
=====>
Item Totals:
500
- ENGINEERED FILL
$6,165.03
0.0320 MH/CY
50.00 MH
[ 1.083 ]
2,138
4,027
6,165
3.947
1562 CY
1.37
2.58
3.95
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 14 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 5
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
PARENT ITEM =
600
CLIENT# = 6
Description =
LINER SUBGRADE PREPARATION
Unit =
AC
Takeoff Quan:
9.000
Engr Quan:
9.000
Listing of Sub-Biditems of Parent Item 600:
BID ITEM
= 625
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
DETOURS/TRAFFIC
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
930-02
Set-up Traffic Cones
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
ECBALE
SWPPP Straw Bale Placement
10.00
CH
Prod:
1.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
3.00
Eqp Pcs:
2.00
8LDGT
JD210 / Case 570 Ganno
1.00
10.00 HR
38.500
385
385
8TLFB
Trailer, Flat Bed
1.00
10.00 HR
10.000
100
100
LACMN
Laborer, Common
2.00
20.00 MH
31.969
639
639
OPGEN
Operator, General
1.00
10.00 MH
41.351
414
414
$1,537.89
30.0000 MH/LS
30.00 MH
[ 833.25 ]
1,053
485
1,538
930-03
Grade detoure & re-route traffic west
Quan:
350.00 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
PLOPS
(Mod) Place Operations Layer
5.00
CH
Prod:
70.0000 UH
Lab Pcs:
4.00
Eqp Pcs:
4.00
8MG14
Cat 14 Motorgrader
1.00
5.00 HR
108.500
542
542
8SC623
Cat 623 Scraper
1.00
5.00 HR
146.500
733
733
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
5.00 HR
122.000
610
610
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
5.00 HR
6.000
30
30
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
5.00 MH
43.438
217
217
OPBLD
Operator, Finish Motorgrad 1.00
5.00 MH
51.638
258
258
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
1.00
5.00 MH
43.854
219
219
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
5.00 MH
41.142
206
206
$2,815.34
0.0571 MH/CY
20.00 MH
[ 2.036 ]
900
1,915
2,815
930-04
Re-set/Remove Traffic Cones
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
ECBALE
SWPPP Straw Bale Placement
10.00
CH
Prod:
1.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
3.00
Eqp Pcs:
2.00
8LDGT
JD210 / Case 570 Ganno
1.00
10.00 HR
38.500
385
385
8TLFB
Trailer, Flat Bed
1.00
10.00 HR
10.000
100
100
LACMN
Laborer, Common
2.00
20.00 MH
31.969
639
639
OPGEN
Operator, General
1.00
10.00 MH
41.351
414
414
$1,537.89
30.0000 MH/LS
30.00 MH
[ 833.25 ]
1,053
485
1,538
930-01
Construct Detour & push traffic to east
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
FIN140
Finish Grade
10.00
CH
Prod:
1.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
4.00
Eqp Pcs:
4.00
8MG150
Cat 150 Motorgrader (I
1.00
10.00 HR
96.000
960
960
8SC623
Cat 623 Scraper
1.00
10.00 HR
146.500
1,465
1,465
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
10.00 HR
122.000
1,220
1,220
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
10.00 HR
6.000
60
60
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
10.00 MH
43.436
434
434
OPBLD
Operator, Finish Motorgrad 1.00
10.00 MH
51.637
516
516
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
1.00
10.00 MH
43.853
439
439
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
10.00 MH
41.143
411
411
$5,505.69
40.0000 MH/LS
40.00 MH
[ 1425.05 ]
1,801
3,705
5,506
=====>
Item Totals:
625
- DETOURS/TRAFFIC
$11,396.81
120.0000 MH/LS
120.00 MH
[ 3804.09 ]
4,807
6,590
11,397
11,396.810
1 LS
4,806.83
6,589.98
11,396.81
BID ITEM
= 650
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
FINISH LINER SUBGRADE
Unit =
SY
Takeoff Quan:
43,111.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 15 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 6
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 650
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
FINISH LINER SUBGRADE
Unit =
SY
Takeoff Quan:
43,111.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
205-06
Finish Liner Subgrade - Flat
Quan: 36,653.00 SY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
FINLSG
(Mod) Finish Liner Subgrade
50.00
CH
Prod:
733.0600 UH
Lab Pcs:
5.00
Eqp Pcs:
5.00
8MG140
Cat 140 Motorgrader
1.00
50.00 HR
92.000
4,600
4,600
8RCVS
Cat CS54 Vib Steel Rol
1.00
50.00 HR
43.578
2,179
2,179
8SC623
Cat 623 Scraper
1.00
50.00 HR
146.500
7,325
7,325
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
50.00 HR
122.000
6,100
6,100
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
50.00 HR
6.000
300
300
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
50.00 MH
43.436
2,172
2,172
OPBLD
Operator, Finish Motorgrad 1.00
50.00 MH
51.637
2,582
2,582
OPGEN
Operator, General
1.00
50.00 MH
41.351
2,068
2,068
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
1.00
50.00 MH
43.853
2,193
2,193
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
50.00 MH
41.142
2,057
2,057
$31,574.92
0.0068 MH/SY
250.00 MH
[ 0.239 ]
11,071
20,504
31,575
205-07
Finish Liner Subgrade - Slope
Quan:
6,458.00 SY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
Include 6 laborers rock picking as needed
EXD6
(Mod) Excavation D6 Dozer
20.00
CH
Prod:
322.9000 UH
Lab Pcs:
10.00
Eqp Pcs:
4.00
8DZ06
Cat D6/D6T/D6R2 Dozer
1.00
20.00 HR
106.500
2,130
2,130
8SC623
Cat 623 Scraper
1.00
20.00 HR
146.500
2,930
2,930
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
20.00 HR
122.000
2,440
2,440
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
20.00 HR
6.000
120
120
LACMN
Laborer, Common
6.00
120.00 MH
31.969
3,836
3,836
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
20.00 MH
43.436
869
869
OPDZR
Operator, Dozer
1.00
20.00 MH
46.563
931
931
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
1.00
20.00 MH
43.853
877
877
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
20.00 MH
41.143
823
823
$14,956.21
0.0309 MH/SY
200.00 MH
[ 0.899 ]
7,336
7,620
14,956
205-13
Roll Slopes
Quan:
6,458.00 SY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
walk-behind roller is the compactor attachment for the 374 excavator
EXE374
(Mod) Excavation Excavator 374
50.00
CH
Prod:
129.1600 UH
Lab Pcs:
4.00
Eqp Pcs:
4.00
8EX374
Cat 374 Excavator (157
1.00
50.00 HR
179.500
8,975
8,975
8RCHR
Walk Behin Hand roller
1.00
50.00 HR
27.526
1,376
1,376
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
50.00 HR
54.000
2,700
2,700
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
50.00 HR
6.000
300
300
LACMN
Laborer, Common
1.00
50.00 MH
31.969
1,598
1,598
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
50.00 MH
43.436
2,172
2,172
OPEXC
Operator, Excavator
1.00
50.00 MH
43.783
2,189
2,189
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
50.00 MH
42.393
2,120
2,120
$21,430.45
0.0309 MH/SY
200.00 MH
[ 0.99 ]
8,079
13,351
21,430
=====>
Item Totals:
650
- FINISH LINER SUBGRADE
$67,961.58
0.0150 MH/SY
650.00 MH
[ 0.486 ]
26,486
41,475
67,962
1.576
43111 SY
0.61
0.96
1.58
Total of Above Sub-Biditems
=====>
Item Totals:
600
- LINER SUBGRADE PREPARATION
$79,358.39
85.5555 MH/AC
770.00 MH
[ 2751.682 ]
31,293
48,065
79,358
8,817.599
9 AC
3,477.02
5,340.58
8,817.60
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 16 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 7
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
PARENT ITEM =
700
CLIENT# = 7
Description =
OPERATIONS LAYER PLACEMENT
Unit =
CY
Takeoff Quan:
27,077.000
Engr Quan:
27,077.000
Listing of Sub-Biditems of Parent Item 700:
BID ITEM
= 725
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
SCREEN OPS
Unit =
CY
Takeoff Quan:
29,852.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
203-14
Screen Operations Layer
Quan: 29,852.00 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
EXL966
(Mod) Excavation Loader 966
240.00
CH
Prod:
124.3833 UH
Lab Pcs:
3.50
Eqp Pcs:
5.50
8CSCRNPT
Screen Plant - 8 X 10
1.00
240.00 HR
92.015
22,084
22,084
8CSRS
Radial Material Stacke
1.00
240.00 HR
46.656
11,198
11,198
8LD966
Cat 966 Wheel loader (
1.50
360.00 HR
97.000
34,920
34,920
8TKPU
Foreman pickup
1.00
240.00 HR
14.250
3,420
3,420
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
240.00 HR
54.000
12,960
12,960
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
1.50
360.00 MH
42.393
15,262
15,262
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
240.00 MH
42.393
10,175
10,175
ZFM1
General Foreman
1.00
240.00 MH
40.672
9,761
9,761
$119,778.73
0.0281 MH/CY
840.00 MH
[ 0.925 ]
35,198
84,581
119,779
=====>
Item Totals:
725
- SCREEN OPS
$119,778.73
0.0281 MH/CY
840.00 MH
[ 0.925 ]
35,198
84,581
119,779
4.012
29852 CY
1.18
2.83
4.01
BID ITEM
= 750
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
PLACE OPS
Unit =
CY
Takeoff Quan:
28,432.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
203-42
Place Operations Layer
Quan: 27,252.00 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
PLOPS
(Mod) Place Operations Layer
130.00
CH
Prod:
209.6308 UH
Lab Pcs:
6.00
Eqp Pcs:
6.00
8DZ06
Cat D6/D6T/D6R2 Dozer
1.00
130.00 HR
106.500
13,845
13,845
8MG140
Cat 140 Motorgrader
1.00
130.00 HR
92.000
11,960
11,960
8SC623
Cat 623 Scraper
2.00
260.00 HR
146.500
38,090
38,090
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
130.00 HR
122.000
15,860
15,860
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
130.00 HR
6.000
780
780
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
130.00 MH
43.436
5,647
5,647
OPBLD
Operator, Finish Motorgrad 1.00
130.00 MH
51.637
6,713
6,713
OPDZR
Operator, Dozer
1.00
130.00 MH
46.563
6,053
6,053
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
2.00
260.00 MH
43.853
11,402
11,402
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
130.00 MH
41.142
5,349
5,349
$115,698.21
0.0286 MH/CY
780.00 MH
[ 1.021 ]
35,163
80,535
115,698
203-43
Place Operations Layer on benches
Quan:
1,180.00 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
980 Loader packing approximately 400 feet average
2 min rnd = 55/2 = 27.5 rnds/hr x 6 cy = 165 cy
966 loading 740 = 4 min = 55/4 = 13.75 x 20 = 275 cy per hour
PLOPS
(Mod) Place Operations Layer
20.00
CH
Prod:
59.0000 UH
Lab Pcs:
6.00
Eqp Pcs:
5.00
8DZ06
Cat D6/D6T/D6R2 Dozer
1.00
20.00 HR
106.500
2,130
2,130
8LD966
Cat 966 Wheel loader (
1.00
20.00 HR
97.000
1,940
1,940
8LD980
Cat 980 Wheel Loader (
1.00
20.00 HR
173.670
3,473
3,473
8RTK040RE
Cat 745 (45) Articulat
1.00
20.00 HR
159.028
3,181
3,181
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
20.00 HR
122.000
2,440
2,440
LACMN
Laborer, Common
1.00
20.00 MH
31.969
639
639
OPDZR
Operator, Dozer
1.00
20.00 MH
46.563
931
931
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
2.00
40.00 MH
42.393
1,696
1,696
OPTRK
Operator, Truck Off Road
1.00
20.00 MH
43.089
862
862
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 17 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 8
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 750
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
PLACE OPS
Unit =
CY
Takeoff Quan:
28,432.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
20.00 MH
41.143
823
823
$18,114.98
0.1016 MH/CY
120.00 MH
[ 3.321 ]
4,951
13,164
18,115
=====>
Item Totals:
750
- PLACE OPS
$133,813.19
0.0316 MH/CY
900.00 MH
[ 1.117 ]
40,114
93,699
133,813
4.706
28432 CY
1.41
3.30
4.71
Total of Above Sub-Biditems
=====>
Item Totals:
700
- OPERATIONS LAYER PLACEMENT
$253,591.92
0.0642 MH/CY
1,740.00 MH
[ 2.192 ]
75,312
178,280
253,592
9.366
27077 CY
2.78
6.58
9.37
BID ITEM
= 900
CLIENT# = 9
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
ANCHOR TRENCH-BENCH
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
442.000
Engr Quan:
442.000
903-03
Place Engineered Fill - liner trench
Quan:
147.33 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
980 packing material to 950 to backfill
PLANCH
(Mod) Anchor Trench Backfill
10.00
CH
Prod:
14.7330 UH
Lab Pcs:
7.00
Eqp Pcs:
4.00
8LD950
Cat 950 Wheel Loader (
1.00
10.00 HR
72.000
720
720
8LD980
Cat 980 Wheel Loader (
1.00
10.00 HR
173.670
1,737
1,737
8RCPC
Plate Compactor
1.00
10.00 HR
12.000
120
120
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
10.00 HR
54.000
540
540
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
30.00 MH
31.969
959
959
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
10.00 MH
43.436
434
434
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
2.00
20.00 MH
42.394
848
848
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
10.00 MH
42.394
424
424
$5,781.94
0.4751 MH/CY
70.00 MH
[ 14.317 ]
2,665
3,117
5,782
930-01
Excavate Trenches
Quan:
442.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
EXE314
Excavation Excavator 314
10.00
CH
Prod:
44.2000 UH
Lab Pcs:
3.00
Eqp Pcs:
3.00
8EX314
Cat 314 Excavator (32,
1.00
10.00 HR
56.000
560
560
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
10.00 HR
54.000
540
540
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
10.00 HR
6.000
60
60
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
10.00 MH
43.436
434
434
OPEXC
Operator, Excavator
1.00
10.00 MH
43.784
438
438
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
10.00 MH
42.394
424
424
$2,456.14
0.0678 MH/LF
30.00 MH
[ 2.321 ]
1,296
1,160
2,456
930-02
Remove Trench Spoils
Quan:
147.33 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
EXS131
(Mod) Excavation Scraper 613-1
10.00
CH
Prod:
14.7330 UH
Lab Pcs:
3.00
Eqp Pcs:
3.00
8LD966
Cat 966 Wheel loader (
1.00
10.00 HR
97.000
970
970
8SC613
Cat 613 Scraper
1.00
10.00 HR
85.000
850
850
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
10.00 HR
54.000
540
540
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
1.00
10.00 MH
42.394
424
424
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
1.00
10.00 MH
43.853
439
439
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
10.00 MH
42.394
424
424
$3,646.41
0.2036 MH/CY
30.00 MH
[ 6.91 ]
1,286
2,360
3,646
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 18 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 9
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 900
CLIENT# = 9
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
ANCHOR TRENCH-BENCH
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
442.000
Engr Quan:
442.000
=====>
Item Totals:
900
- ANCHOR TRENCH-BENCH
$11,884.49
0.2941 MH/LF
130.00 MH
[ 9.396 ]
5,248
6,637
11,884
26.888
442 LF
11.87
15.02
26.89
BID ITEM
= 1000
CLIENT# = 10
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
BASE LINER TERMINATION
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
1,530.000
Engr Quan:
1,530.000
903-01
Excavate turndown ditch
Quan:
1,530.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
EXE308
(Mod) Excavation Excavator 308
30.00
CH
Prod:
51.0000 UH
Lab Pcs:
3.00
Eqp Pcs:
3.00
8EX308
Cat 308 Excavator (18,
1.00
30.00 HR
52.204
1,566
1,566
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
30.00 HR
54.000
1,620
1,620
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
30.00 HR
6.000
180
180
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
30.00 MH
43.436
1,303
1,303
OPEXC
Operator, Excavator
1.00
30.00 MH
43.783
1,314
1,314
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
30.00 MH
42.393
1,272
1,272
$7,254.53
0.0588 MH/LF
90.00 MH
[ 2.011 ]
3,888
3,366
7,255
903-02
Backfill Turndown
Quan:
1,530.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
FIN140
(Mod) Finish Grade
25.00
CH
Prod:
2.5000 S
Lab Pcs:
2.00
Eqp Pcs:
1.00
8MG140
Cat 140 Motorgrader
1.00
25.00 HR
92.000
2,300
2,300
LACMN
Laborer, Common
1.00
25.00 MH
31.969
799
799
OPBLD
Operator, Finish Motorgrad 1.00
25.00 MH
51.637
1,291
1,291
$4,390.15
0.0326 MH/LF
50.00 MH
[ 1.081 ]
2,090
2,300
4,390
930-10
Purchase & Place Plywood Term. Berm
Quan:
192.00 SHT Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
LA-PLY
Place Plywood at Term Berm
30.00
CH
Prod:
6.4000 UH
Lab Pcs:
4.00
Eqp Pcs:
1.00
3LP05
Plywood 3/4"
1.00
192.00 SHT
50.000
9,600
9,600
8LD966
Cat 966 Wheel loader (
1.00
30.00 HR
97.000
2,910
2,910
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
90.00 MH
31.969
2,877
2,877
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
1.00
30.00 MH
42.393
1,272
1,272
$16,659.03
0.6250 MH/SHT
120.00 MH
[ 17.102 ]
4,149
9,600
2,910
16,659
970-33
BASE LINER TERMINATION
Quan:
1,530.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00
1,530.00 LF
8.000
12,240
12,240
=====>
Item Totals:
1000
- BASE LINER TERMINATION
$40,543.71
0.1699 MH/LF
260.00 MH
[ 5.238 ]
10,128
9,600
8,576
12,240
40,544
26.499
1530 LF
6.62
6.27
5.61
8.00
26.50
BID ITEM
= 1100
CLIENT# = 11
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
SIDE SLOPE LINER TERMINATION
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
419.000
Engr Quan:
419.000
903-01
Excavate turndown ditch
Quan:
419.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
EXE308
(Mod) Excavation Excavator 308
15.00
CH
Prod:
27.9333 UH
Lab Pcs:
3.00
Eqp Pcs:
3.00
8EX308
Cat 308 Excavator (18,
1.00
15.00 HR
52.204
783
783
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
15.00 HR
54.000
810
810
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
15.00 HR
6.000
90
90
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
15.00 MH
43.436
652
652
OPEXC
Operator, Excavator
1.00
15.00 MH
43.784
657
657
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 19 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 10
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 1100
CLIENT# = 11
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
SIDE SLOPE LINER TERMINATION
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
419.000
Engr Quan:
419.000
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
15.00 MH
42.394
636
636
$3,627.27
0.1073 MH/LF
45.00 MH
[ 3.672 ]
1,944
1,683
3,627
970-68
Shotcrete backfill
Quan:
32.00 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4SHOTCRETE
Shotcrete Sub
1.00
32.00 CY
750.000
24,000
24,000
=====>
Item Totals:
1100
- SIDE SLOPE LINER TERMINATION
$27,627.27
0.1073 MH/LF
45.00 MH
[ 3.672 ]
1,944
1,683
24,000
27,627
65.936
419 LF
4.64
4.02
57.28
65.94
PARENT ITEM =
1200
CLIENT# = 12
Description =
BENCH LINER TERMINATION
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
442.000
Engr Quan:
442.000
Listing of Sub-Biditems of Parent Item 1200:
BID ITEM
= 1210
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
EXCAVATE & GRADE FOR LINER ABOVE
Unit =
SY
Takeoff Quan:
5,456.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
203-01-01
Regrading Fat 2:1 slopes
Quan:
1,390.00 CY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
This item is both cutting (average of 0.7') and finegrading (cut/on-grade) prior to rolling
Approximately 6,458 SY either cut/on-grade
6458/20= 323 SY/HR
623s hauling to north stockpile
EXD6
(Mod) Excavation D6 Dozer
20.00
CH
Prod:
69.5000 UH
Lab Pcs:
5.50
Eqp Pcs:
5.50
8DZ06
Cat D6/D6T/D6R2 Dozer
2.00
40.00 HR
106.500
4,260
4,260
8DZ09
Cat D9T Dozer (405 hp)
0.50
10.00 HR
220.000
2,200
2,200
8SC623
Cat 623 Scraper
1.00
20.00 HR
146.500
2,930
2,930
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
20.00 HR
122.000
2,440
2,440
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
20.00 HR
6.000
120
120
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
20.00 MH
43.436
869
869
OPDZR
Operator, Dozer
2.50
50.00 MH
46.563
2,328
2,328
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
1.00
20.00 MH
43.853
877
877
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
20.00 MH
41.143
823
823
$16,846.83
0.0791 MH/CY
110.00 MH
[ 2.788 ]
4,897
11,950
16,847
205-07
Finish Liner Subgrade - Slope
Quan:
4,911.00 SY
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
Include 6 laborers rock picking as needed
EXD6
(Mod) Excavation D6 Dozer
20.00
CH
Prod:
245.5500 UH
Lab Pcs:
10.00
Eqp Pcs:
4.00
8DZ06
Cat D6/D6T/D6R2 Dozer
1.00
20.00 HR
106.500
2,130
2,130
8SC623
Cat 623 Scraper
1.00
20.00 HR
146.500
2,930
2,930
8WP08K
8000 GAL WATER PULL 1.00
20.00 HR
122.000
2,440
2,440
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
20.00 HR
6.000
120
120
LACMN
Laborer, Common
6.00
120.00 MH
31.969
3,836
3,836
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
20.00 MH
43.436
869
869
OPDZR
Operator, Dozer
1.00
20.00 MH
46.563
931
931
OPSCR
Operator, Scraper
1.00
20.00 MH
43.853
877
877
OPWP
Operator, Waterpull
1.00
20.00 MH
41.143
823
823
$14,956.21
0.0407 MH/SY
200.00 MH
[ 1.182 ]
7,336
7,620
14,956
=====>
Item Totals:
1210
- EXCAVATE & GRADE FOR LINER ABOVE
$31,803.04
0.0568 MH/SY
310.00 MH
[ 1.774 ]
12,233
19,570
31,803
5.829
5456 SY
2.24
3.59
5.83
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 20 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 11
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 1220
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
INSTALL GCL
Unit =
SF
Takeoff Quan:
12,376.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
970-33
GCL
Quan: 12,376.00 SF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00
12,376.00 SF
0.766
9,480
9,480
BID ITEM
= 1230
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
INSTALL GEOMEMBRANE
Unit =
SF
Takeoff Quan:
12,376.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
970-33
60-MIL GEOMEMBRANE
Quan: 12,376.00 SF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00
12,376.00 SF
0.573
7,091
7,091
BID ITEM
= 1240
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
INSTALL TERMINATION PROTECTION
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
442.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
970-33
BENCH LINER TERMINATION
Quan:
442.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00
442.00 LF
8.000
3,536
3,536
BID ITEM
= 1250
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
PLYWOOD PROTECTION
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
442.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
930-10
Purchase & Place Plywood Term. Berm
Quan:
56.00 SHT Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
Added plywood & orange safety fence for future tie-in
LA-PLY
Place Plywood at Term Berm
10.00
CH
Prod:
5.6000 UH
Lab Pcs:
4.00
Eqp Pcs:
1.00
3LP05
Plywood 3/4"
1.00
56.00 SHT
50.000
2,800
2,800
3OSF
Orange Safety Fence
1.00
500.00 LF
0.500
250
250
8LD966
Cat 966 Wheel loader (
1.00
10.00 HR
97.000
970
970
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
30.00 MH
31.969
959
959
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
1.00
10.00 MH
42.394
424
424
$5,403.01
0.7142 MH/SHT
40.00 MH
[ 19.545 ]
1,383
3,050
970
5,403
=====>
Item Totals:
1250
- PLYWOOD PROTECTION
$5,403.01
0.0904 MH/LF
40.00 MH
[ 2.476 ]
1,383
3,050
970
5,403
12.224
442 LF
3.13
6.90
2.19
12.22
Total of Above Sub-Biditems
=====>
Item Totals:
1200
- BENCH LINER TERMINATION
$57,313.52
0.7918 MH/LF
350.00 MH
[ 24.379 ]
13,616
3,050
20,540
20,107
57,314
129.669
442 LF
30.81
6.90
46.47
45.49
129.67
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 21 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 12
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 1300
CLIENT# = 13
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
BASE LINER TIE-IN
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
1,550.000
Engr Quan:
1,550.000
970-33
BASE LINER TIE-IN
Quan:
1,550.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00
1,550.00 LF
8.000
12,400
12,400
203-02-20
Remove Temporary Berm/plywood
Quan:
1,550.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
EXE325
(Mod) Excavation Excavator 325
50.00
CH
Prod:
31.0000 UH
Lab Pcs:
7.00
Eqp Pcs:
4.00
8EX325
Cat 325 Excavator (57,
1.00
50.00 HR
66.500
3,325
3,325
8LD950
Cat 950 Wheel Loader (
1.00
50.00 HR
72.000
3,600
3,600
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
50.00 HR
54.000
2,700
2,700
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
50.00 HR
6.000
300
300
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
150.00 MH
31.969
4,795
4,795
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
50.00 MH
43.436
2,172
2,172
OPEXC
Operator, Excavator
1.00
50.00 MH
43.783
2,189
2,189
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
1.00
50.00 MH
42.393
2,120
2,120
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
50.00 MH
42.393
2,120
2,120
$23,320.74
0.2258 MH/LF
350.00 MH
[ 6.84 ]
13,396
9,925
23,321
930-05
Drain Rock Transition
Quan:
1,150.00 TON Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
[[ Crew Notes: ***Copied*** ]]
EXL950
(Mod) Excavation Small D6/950
10.00
CH
Prod:
115.0000 UH
Lab Pcs:
6.00
Eqp Pcs:
3.00
2ARDRAIN
#57 Rock
1.00
1,150.00 TON
41.700
47,955
47,955
8DZ06
Cat D6/D6T/D6R2 Dozer
1.00
10.00 HR
106.500
1,065
1,065
8LD950
Cat 950 Wheel Loader (
1.00
10.00 HR
72.000
720
720
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
10.00 HR
54.000
540
540
LACMN
Laborer, Common
2.00
20.00 MH
31.969
639
639
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
10.00 MH
43.436
434
434
OPDZR
Operator, Dozer
1.00
10.00 MH
46.564
466
466
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
1.00
10.00 MH
42.394
424
424
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
10.00 MH
42.394
424
424
$52,667.26
0.0521 MH/TON
60.00 MH
[ 1.643 ]
2,387
47,955
2,325
52,667
=====>
Item Totals:
1300
- BASE LINER TIE-IN
$88,388.00
0.2645 MH/LF
410.00 MH
[ 8.058 ]
15,783
47,955
12,250
12,400
88,388
57.025
1550 LF
10.18
30.94
7.90
8.00
57.02
BID ITEM
= 1400
CLIENT# = 14
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
SIDESLOPE LINER TIE-IN
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
390.000
Engr Quan:
390.000
903-01
Remove ops
Quan:
390.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
EXE308
(Mod) Excavation Excavator 308
20.00
CH
Prod:
19.5000 UH
Lab Pcs:
5.00
Eqp Pcs:
3.00
8EX308
Cat 308 Excavator (18,
1.00
20.00 HR
52.204
1,044
1,044
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
20.00 HR
54.000
1,080
1,080
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
20.00 HR
6.000
120
120
LACMN
Laborer, Common
2.00
40.00 MH
31.969
1,279
1,279
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
20.00 MH
43.436
869
869
OPEXC
Operator, Excavator
1.00
20.00 MH
43.783
876
876
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
20.00 MH
42.394
848
848
$6,115.12
0.2564 MH/LF
100.00 MH
[ 7.855 ]
3,871
2,244
6,115
970-33
SIDESLOPE LINER TIE-IN
Quan:
390.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00
390.00 LF
8.000
3,120
3,120
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 22 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 13
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 1400
CLIENT# = 14
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
SIDESLOPE LINER TIE-IN
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
390.000
Engr Quan:
390.000
=====>
Item Totals:
1400
- SIDESLOPE LINER TIE-IN
$9,235.12
0.2564 MH/LF
100.00 MH
[ 7.855 ]
3,871
2,244
3,120
9,235
23.680
390 LF
9.93
5.75
8.00
23.68
BID ITEM
= 1500
CLIENT# = 15
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
GCL
Unit =
SF
Takeoff Quan:
388,000.000
Engr Quan: 388,000.000
970-33
GCL
Quan:
388,000.00
SF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00 388,000.00 SF
0.766
297,208
297,208
BID ITEM
= 1600
CLIENT# = 16
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
60-MIL GEOMEMBRANE
Unit =
SF
Takeoff Quan:
388,000.000
Engr Quan: 388,000.000
970-33
60-MIL GEOMEMBRANE
Quan:
388,000.00
SF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00 388,000.00 SF
0.573
222,324
222,324
BID ITEM
= 1700
CLIENT# = 17
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
GEOCOMPOSITE
Unit =
SF
Takeoff Quan:
327,000.000
Engr Quan: 327,000.000
970-33
GEOCOMPOSITE
Quan:
327,000.00
SF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00 327,000.00 SF
0.638
208,626
208,626
BID ITEM
= 1800
CLIENT# = 18
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
6" HDPE LCRS
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
2,120.000
Engr Quan:
2,120.000
505-01
Fusing Pipe
Quan:
2,120.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
PIPF10
10" Pipe Fusing
50.00
CH
Prod:
42.4000 UH
Lab Pcs:
5.00
Eqp Pcs:
3.00
8BH420
Cat 420 Backhoe
1.00
50.00 HR
42.500
2,125
2,125
8FM0412
4" - 12" Fusing Machin
1.00
50.00 HR
32.500
1,625
1,625
8TKPU
Foreman pickup
1.00
50.00 HR
14.250
713
713
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
150.00 MH
31.969
4,795
4,795
OPBKH
Operator, Backhoe
1.00
50.00 MH
41.351
2,068
2,068
ZFM1
General Foreman
1.00
50.00 MH
40.672
2,034
2,034
$13,359.05
0.1179 MH/LF
250.00 MH
[ 3.298 ]
8,897
4,463
13,359
505-02
Gravel Wrap Bench Pipe
Quan:
850.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
160 x 2 CF/LF /27 = 12 cy
170 x 7.5 = 1275 SF (fabric) 142 SY - 5000 sy
325/80 = 4 cy per hour
EXL950
(Mod) Excavation Small D6/950
30.00
CH
Prod:
28.3333 UH
Lab Pcs:
5.00
Eqp Pcs:
2.00
2ARDRAIN
#57 Rock
1.00
127.50 TON
41.700
5,317
5,317
2GF16OZ
16 oz Non-Woven Geofabri 1.00
2,656.26 SY
2.500
6,641
6,641
8LD950
Cat 950 Wheel Loader (
1.00
30.00 HR
72.000
2,160
2,160
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 23 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 14
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 1800
CLIENT# = 18
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
6" HDPE LCRS
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
2,120.000
Engr Quan:
2,120.000
8LD980
Cat 980 Wheel Loader (
1.00
30.00 HR
173.670
5,210
5,210
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
90.00 MH
31.969
2,877
2,877
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
2.00
60.00 MH
42.393
2,544
2,544
$24,748.34
0.1764 MH/LF
150.00 MH
[ 5.047 ]
5,421
11,957
7,370
24,748
505-03
Buy Pipe & Fittings
Quan:
2,140.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
2HD6FITLOT
6" Fittings
1.00
1.00 LOT
2,000.000
2,000
2,000
2HD6PERF
6" Perforated DR 11 HDPE 1.00
2,140.00 LF
7.250
15,515
15,515
$17,515.00
[ ]
17,515
17,515
505-04
Gravel Wrap LCRS on floor
Quan:
1,270.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
1253 x 2 CF/LF /27 = 93 cy
1253 x 16 = 20048 SF (fabric) 2227 SY - 3000 sy
EXL950
(Mod) Excavation Small D6/950
30.00
CH
Prod:
42.3333 UH
Lab Pcs:
5.00
Eqp Pcs:
2.00
2ARDRAIN
#57 Rock
1.00
190.50 TON
41.700
7,944
7,944
2GF16OZ
16 oz Non-Woven Geofabri 1.00
3,043.13 SY
2.500
7,608
7,608
8LD950
Cat 950 Wheel Loader (
1.00
30.00 HR
72.000
2,160
2,160
8LD980
Cat 980 Wheel Loader (
1.00
30.00 HR
173.670
5,210
5,210
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
90.00 MH
31.969
2,877
2,877
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
2.00
60.00 MH
42.393
2,544
2,544
$28,342.62
0.1181 MH/LF
150.00 MH
[ 3.378 ]
5,421
15,552
7,370
28,343
505-05
Trench through old ops
Quan:
315.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
EXE308
(Mod) Excavation Excavator 308
30.00
CH
Prod:
10.5000 UH
Lab Pcs:
5.00
Eqp Pcs:
2.00
8EX308
Cat 308 Excavator (18,
1.00
30.00 HR
52.204
1,566
1,566
8YGATOR
UTV Gator / Kubota
1.00
30.00 HR
6.000
180
180
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
90.00 MH
31.969
2,877
2,877
LAGCK
Laborer, Grade Checker
1.00
30.00 MH
43.436
1,303
1,303
OPEXC
Operator, Excavator
1.00
30.00 MH
43.783
1,314
1,314
$7,239.94
0.4761 MH/LF
150.00 MH
[ 13.802 ]
5,494
1,746
7,240
=====>
Item Totals:
1800
- 6" HDPE LCRS
$91,204.95
0.3301 MH/LF
700.00 MH
[ 9.396 ]
25,232
45,024
20,949
91,205
43.021
2120 LF
11.90
21.24
9.88
43.02
BID ITEM
= 1900
CLIENT# = 19
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
6" HDPE RISER
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
320.000
Engr Quan:
320.000
505-01
Fusing Pipe
Quan:
320.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
PIPF10
(Mod) 10" Pipe Fusing
30.00
CH
Prod:
10.6667 UH
Lab Pcs:
6.00
Eqp Pcs:
3.00
3SANDBAGS
Sand bags to anchor pipe
1.00
32.00 EA
2.500
80
80
8BH420
Cat 420 Backhoe
1.00
30.00 HR
42.500
1,275
1,275
8FM0412
4" - 12" Fusing Machin
1.00
30.00 HR
32.500
975
975
8TKPU
Foreman pickup
1.00
30.00 HR
14.250
428
428
LACMN
Laborer, Common
4.00
120.00 MH
31.969
3,836
3,836
OPBKH
Operator, Backhoe
1.00
30.00 MH
41.351
1,241
1,241
ZFM1
General Foreman
1.00
30.00 MH
40.672
1,220
1,220
$9,054.50
0.5625 MH/LF
180.00 MH
[ 15.48 ]
6,297
80
2,678
9,055
505-03
Buy Pipe & Fittings
Quan:
320.00 LF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
2HD6
6" DR 11 HDPE
1.00
320.00 LF
6.250
2,000
2,000
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 24 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 15
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 1900
CLIENT# = 19
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
6" HDPE RISER
Unit =
LF
Takeoff Quan:
320.000
Engr Quan:
320.000
=====>
Item Totals:
1900
- 6" HDPE RISER
$11,054.50
0.5625 MH/LF
180.00 MH
[ 15.48 ]
6,297
2,000
80
2,678
11,055
34.545
320 LF
19.68
6.25
0.25
8.37
34.55
BID ITEM
= 2000
CLIENT# = 20
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
12 OZ GEOTEXTILE
Unit =
SF
Takeoff Quan:
61,300.000
Engr Quan:
61,300.000
970-33
12 OZ GEOTEXTILE
Quan: 61,300.00 SF
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
4LINER
Liner Sub
1.00
61,300.00 SF
0.343
21,026
21,026
BID ITEM
= 3000
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
CONTRACTOR'S CONTINGENCY
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
1.000
980-10
contingency
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
3CONT
Contingency
1.00
1.00 LS
50,000.000
50,000
50,000
=====>
Item Totals:
3000
- CONTRACTOR'S CONTINGENCY
$50,000.00
[ ]
50,000
50,000
50,000.000
1 LS
50,000.00
50,000.00
BID ITEM
= 3100
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
OWNER'S CONTINGENCY
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
1.000
980-10
contingency
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
3CONT
Contingency
1.00
1.00 LS
96,467.000
96,467
96,467
=====>
Item Totals:
3100
- OWNER'S CONTINGENCY
$96,467.00
[ ]
96,467
96,467
96,467.000
1 LS
96,467.00
96,467.00
PARENT ITEM =
10000
Description =
PROJECT INDIRECT COSTS
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
1.000
Listing of Sub-Biditems of Parent Item 10000:
BID ITEM
= 10010
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
TIME DEPENDENT
Unit =
MO
Takeoff Quan:
3.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
140-00
Project Supervision
Quan:
78.00 S
Hrs/Shft:
8.00
Cal: 508 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
LA-SUP
(Mod) Project Supervision
624.00
CH
Prod:
78.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
2.20
Eqp Pcs:
2.20
8TKPUPE
Project Engineer Picku
1.00
624.00 HR
14.250
8,892
8,892
8TKPUPM
Project Manager Pickup
0.20
124.80 HR
14.250
1,778
1,778
8TKPUS
Superintendent Pickup
1.00
624.00 HR
14.250
8,892
8,892
ZE10
Project Engineer
1.00
624.00 MH
53.447
33,351
33,351
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 25 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 16
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 10010
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
TIME DEPENDENT
Unit =
MO
Takeoff Quan:
3.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
ZPM1
Project Manager
0.20
124.80 MH
77.564
9,680
9,680
ZS01
Superintendent
1.00
624.00 MH
62.898
39,249
39,249
$101,842.50
17.6000 MH/S
1,372.80 MH
[ 809.2 ]
82,280
19,562
101,843
150-00
Misc. Equipment Costs
Quan:
68.00 S
Hrs/Shft:
8.00
Cal: 508 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
MIKLEI
Klein Tank / Conex
544.00
CH
Prod:
68.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
0.00
Eqp Pcs:
4.00
8YKLEIN
Klein Water Tower
1.00
544.00 HR
7.000
3,808
3,808
8YSC
Storage Containers
3.00
1,632.00 HR
0.250
408
408
$4,216.00
[ ]
4,216
4,216
205-10
GPS Equipment
Quan:
68.00 S
Hrs/Shft:
8.00
Cal: 508 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
excavation duration + finish grade = total shifts
MIGPS
(Mod) GPS Equipmnet
544.00
CH
Prod:
68.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
0.00
Eqp Pcs:
6.00
8SRVYBS
GPS Base Station
1.00
544.00 HR
4.000
2,176
2,176
8SRVYMC
GPS Machine Control
3.00
1,632.00 HR
8.500
13,872
13,872
8SRVYRV
GPS Rover
2.00
1,088.00 HR
4.000
4,352
4,352
$20,400.00
[ ]
20,400
20,400
=====>
Item Totals:
10010
- TIME DEPENDENT
$126,458.50
457.6000 MH/MO
1,372.80 MH
[ 21039.2 ]
82,280
44,178
126,459
42,152.833
3 MO
27,426.70
14,726.13
42,152.83
BID ITEM
= 10020
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
NON TIME DEPENDENT
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
155-01
Fuel Storage Containment
Quan:
1.00 EA
Hrs/Shft:
8.00
Cal: 508 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
ECFCLN
Fuel Containment Liner
2.00
CH
Prod:
2.0000 HU
Lab Pcs:
5.00
Eqp Pcs:
1.00
3PFCLNR
Fuel Containment Liner
1.00
2,100.00 SF
0.650
1,365
1,365
8LDGT
JD210 / Case 570 Ganno
1.00
2.00 HR
38.500
77
77
LACMN
Laborer, Common
4.00
8.00 MH
29.062
233
233
OPGEN
Operator, General
1.00
2.00 MH
37.590
75
75
$1,749.68
10.0000 MH/EA
10.00 MH
[ 243.5 ]
308
1,365
77
1,750
130-00
Safety and Supplies
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
8.00
Cal: 508 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
Rate updated 01/08/2024 Based on 2023 regular projects.
6*TLB
Misc Supplies / Wireless JC 1.00 349,153.26 TLB$
0.052
18,470
18,470
140-01
Site Specific Safety Plan
Quan:
1.00 WKS Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
LA-SSM
Safety Management
40.00
CH
Prod:
40.0000 HU
Lab Pcs:
1.00
Eqp Pcs:
1.00
8TKPUSM
Safety Manager Pickup
1.00
40.00 HR
14.250
570
570
ZSM1
Safety Manager
1.00
40.00 MH
47.190
1,888
1,888
$2,457.61
40.0000 MH/WKS
40.00 MH
[ 1448 ]
1,888
570
2,458
=====>
Item Totals:
10020
- NON TIME DEPENDENT
$22,677.50
50.0000 MH/LS
50.00 MH
[ 1691.5 ]
2,195
19,835
647
22,678
22,677.500
1 LS
2,195.29
19,835.21
647.00
22,677.50
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 26 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 17
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 10030
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
LINER SUBCONTRACT SUPPORT
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
970-33A
Unloading Geosynthetics
Quan:
1.00 LS
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
LA-PLY
(Mod) Place Plywood at Term Berm
100.00
CH
Prod:
10.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
4.00
Eqp Pcs:
1.00
3PROTGCL
Protection Measures for GC 1.00
1.00 LS
5,000.000
5,000
5,000
8LD930
Cat 930 Wheel Loader
1.00
100.00 HR
59.500
5,950
5,950
LACMN
Laborer, Common
3.00
300.00 MH
31.969
9,591
9,591
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
1.00
100.00 MH
42.393
4,239
4,239
$24,780.10
400.0000 MH/LS
400.00 MH
[ 10945 ]
13,830
5,000
5,950
24,780
970-33B
Roller / Dust Support
Quan:
30.00 S
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
Roller cost to cover rental during liner install. Foreman can jump on occasionally to remove any wrinkles
in subgrade.
MICU
(Mod) Clean Up / Miscellaneous
300.00
CH
Prod:
30.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
1.00
Eqp Pcs:
2.00
8RCVS
Cat CS54 Vib Steel Rol
1.00
300.00 HR
43.577
13,073
13,073
8WTK4
4,000 gal Water Truck
1.00
300.00 HR
54.000
16,200
16,200
OPWT
Operator, Water Truck
1.00
300.00 MH
42.393
12,718
12,718
$41,991.51
10.0000 MH/S
300.00 MH
[ 335.5 ]
12,718
29,273
41,992
970-33C
Dewatering Allowance
Quan:
5.00 S
Hrs/Shft:
10.00
Cal: 510 WC: NOUSE
**Unreviewed
2 days with loader to install/remove pump
24/7 on pump and man during pumping
LA-PLY
(Mod) Place Plywood at Term Berm
50.00
CH
Prod:
5.0000 S
Lab Pcs:
2.80
Eqp Pcs:
3.40
8LD966
Cat 966 Wheel loader (
0.40
20.00 HR
97.000
1,940
1,940
8YPUMP03
Wacker 3" Trash Pump
3.00
150.00 HR
10.000
1,500
1,500
LACMN
Laborer, Common
2.40
120.00 MH
31.969
3,836
3,836
OPLDR
Operator, Loader
0.40
20.00 MH
42.394
848
848
$8,124.17
28.0000 MH/S
140.00 MH
[ 741.4 ]
4,684
3,440
8,124
=====>
Item Totals:
10030
- LINER SUBCONTRACT SUPPORT
$74,895.78
840.0000 MH/LS
840.00 MH
[ 24717 ]
31,232
5,000
38,663
74,896
74,895.780
1 LS
31,232.40
5,000.00 38,663.38
74,895.78
Total of Above Sub-Biditems
=====>
Item Totals:
10000
- PROJECT INDIRECT COSTS
$224,031.78
2,262.8000 MH/LS
2,262.80 MH
[ 89526.1 ]
115,708
24,835
83,489
224,032
224,031.780
1 LS
115,707.79
24,835.21 83,488.78
224,031.78
$1,929,337.42
*** Report Totals ***
8,023.80 MH
349,153
97,179
202,715
452,239 828,051 1,929,337
>>> indicates Non Additive Activity
------Report Notes:------
The estimate was prepared with TAKEOFF Quantities.
This report shows TAKEOFF Quantities with the resources.
'Unreviewed' Activities are marked.
Actual Unit Cost is used, which includes taxes, escalation, etc.
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 27 of 43
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 18
GLENDLEP2LG1
GLENDALE LANDFILL PHASE 2 LINER GMP 1
05/01/2024
10:08
Mike Claflin
Cost Report
Activity
Desc
Quantity
Unit
Perm
Constr
Equip
Sub-
Resource
Pcs
Unit
Cost
Labor Material Matl/Exp
Ment Contract
Total
BID ITEM
= 10030
Land Item SCHEDULE:
1
100
Description =
LINER SUBCONTRACT SUPPORT
Unit =
LS
Takeoff Quan:
1.000
Engr Quan:
0.000
Bid Date: 01/05/24 Owner: GLENDALE Engineering Firm: TETRATECH
Estimator-In-Charge:
JOB NOTES
Labor Rates Updated 01/05/2024 Labor Burden updated 01/12/2024 Equipment Rates Updated 01/05/2024
************Estimate created on: 04/25/2024 by User#: 103 - Mike Claflin
Source estimate used: J:\HCSS\HEAVYBID\MSTR_LIBEST\MASTEREST22
* on units of MH indicate average labor unit cost was used rather than base rate.
[ ] in the Unit Cost Column = Labor Unit Cost Without Labor Burdens
In equipment resources, rent % and EOE % not = 100% are represented as XXX%YYY where XXX=Rent% and YYY=EOE%
------Calendar Codes------
410
4 X 10 HR WEEK NO OT
508
5 X 8 HR WEEK
509
5 X 9 HR WEEK
510
5 x 10 HR WEEK (Default Calendar)
5E8
5 X 8 (Pay 9 - Work 8)
608
6 X 8 HR WEEK
610
6 X 10 HR WEEK
6E8
6 X 8 (Pay 9 - Work 8)
Exhibit C - Cost of Work Page 28 of 43
EXHIBIT E
Sealed Construction Plans (EOR sealed / COG signed – 6pgs)
and
Specifications (EOR sealed – 154 pgs.)
160 pages total
OF
SHT.
602.263.1100
Blue Stakes Center
CALL COLLECT
CALL FOR THE BLUE STAKES
Two Working Days Before You Dig
CITY OF GLENDALE
REVISION DATE:
FILE NAME:
AUTOCAD VER.:
PLOTTING DATE:
12-08-22
2022 PLAN SHEET TEMPLATE
11-30-22
2018
DSC # _ _ _ _ _ _
Glendale Landfill
North Cell Phase 2 Liner
623.930.2940
c.o.g. traffic control
72 Hours Before start of constuction
Scale AS SHOWN
Date
C-001 COVER SHEET
1
6
SHT. #
SHEET INDEX
C-001 COVER SHEET
C-100 EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN
CITY OF GLENDALE
KEY MAP
GLENDALE, ARIZONA
PROJECT #232425
Glendale Landfill
North Cell Phase 2 Liner
VICINITY MAP
MAYOR
CITY COUNCIL
JERRY P. WEIERS
PINNACLE PEAK RD.
DEER VALLEY RD.
BEARDSLEY RD.
UNION HILLS DR.
BELL RD.
GREENWAY RD.
THUNDERBIRD RD.
CACTUS RD
PEORIA AVE.
NORTHERN AVE.
GLENDALE AVE.
BETHANY HOME RD.
CAMELBACK RD.
GRAND AVE./ U.S.60
115TH AVE
107TH AVE.
99TH AVE.
91ST AVE.
83RD AVE.
75TH AVE.
67TH AVE.
59TH AVE.
51ST AVE.
43RD AVE.
EL MIRAGE RD.
SARIVAL AVE.
REEMS RD.
BULLARD AVE.
LITCHFIELD RD.
DYSART RD.
LOOP 303
COTTON LN.
CITRUS RD.
PERRYVILLE RD.
LOOP 101
CITY CLERK
CITY ATTORNEY
JULIE K. BOWER
MICHAEL D. BAILEY
CITY MANAGER
KEVIN R. PHELPS
LEANDRO BALDENEGRO
JOYCE V. CLARK
IAN HUGH
RAY MALNAR
LAUREN TOLMACHOFF
BART TURNER
C-101 LINER-LCRS PLAN
C-102 TOP OF OPERATIONS LAYER PLAN
C-501 LINER DETAILS
C-502 LCRS DETAILS
OLIVE AVE.
GB/TL
ML/TL
GB/TL
5-30-2024
SIGN
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
ACCESS ROAD
ACCESS ROAD
RETENTION BASIN
RETENTION
BASIN
FRONT
ENTRANCE
FLARE STATION
MRF SOIL STOCKPILE
(TIES INTO TOP OF
EAST SIDE OF STORMWATER
PROTECTION LEVEE)
GLENDALE AVENUE
NORTH CELL
SOUTH CELL
PHASE 1
RETENTION
BASIN
NORTHERN AVENUE
PHASE 2
0
GRAPHIC SCALE:1''=
150
300'
300
600
NOTES
1.
TOPOGRAPHY PREPARED BY PHOTOGRAMMETRIC
METHODS BY VERTICAL MAPPING RESOURCES, DATED
JULY 3, 2023. CONTROL SURVEY PROVIDED BY TETRA TECH.
2.
TOPOGRAPHY IN THE NORTH CELL IS THE PHASE 2B
EXCAVATION AS-BUILT PREPARED BY SOUTHWEST SURVEY
SOLUTIONS ON MARCH 18, 2024.
3.
BASIS OF BEARING BASED ON ARIZONA STATE PLANE,
CENTRAL ZONE, NAD 83.
4.
BASIS OF ELEVATION BASED ON NAVD 88.
5.
THE EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE
APPROXIMATE, AND UTILITY LINES MAY EXIST WHERE NONE
ARE SHOWN. SOME INFORMATION MAY HAVE BEEN
DERIVED FROM INFORMATION PROVIDED TO THE ENGINEER
BY OTHERS. SUCH INFORMATION MAY BE INCOMPLETE OR
MAY BE OBSOLETE BY THE TIME CONSTRUCTION
COMMENCES. CONTACT BLUE STAKE AT 811 AND ANY
NON-PARTICIPATING UTILITY COMPANIES AT LEAST 48
HOURS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
EXCAVATE AND VERIFY THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL
LOCATIONS OF PERTINENT UTILITIES, LANDFILL LINERS,
AND OTHER EXISTING FEATURES IN OR NEAR THE AREA OF
WORK, WHETHER INDICATED ON THESE DRAWINGS OR
NOT. SHOULD A CONFLICT EXIST, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE DUE CARE TO AVOID
DISTURBING ANY UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY POTENTIAL
DISRUPTIONS IN UTILITY SERVICE WITH THE UTILITY
COMPANIES AFFECTED AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE
DISRUPTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR DAMAGE TO
EXISTING UTILITIES AT THE CONTRACTOR’S EXPENSE.
LEGEND
EXISTING 2023 INDEX CONTOUR (10FT)
EXISTING 2023 INTERMEDIATE CONTOUR (2
FT)
EXISTING 2024 INDEX CONTOUR (5FT)
EXISTING 2024 INTERMEDIATE CONTOUR (1FT)
OF
SHT.
602.263.1100
Blue Stakes Center
CALL COLLECT
CALL FOR THE BLUE STAKES
Two Working Days Before You Dig
CITY OF GLENDALE
REVISION DATE:
FILE NAME:
AUTOCAD VER.:
PLOTTING DATE:
12-08-22
2022 PLAN SHEET TEMPLATE
11-30-22
2018
DSC # _ _ _ _ _ _
Glendale Landfill
North Cell Phase 2 Liner
623.930.2940
c.o.g. traffic control
72 Hours Before start of constuction
Scale AS SHOWN
Date
C-100 EXISTING CONDITIONS
2
6
LIMIT OF WORK
950
960
970
980
990
1000
940
2:1
2:1
PHASE 1 (EXISTING)
950
1010
2%
2%
PHASE 2 LINER LIMITS
EDGE OF EXISTING PHASE 1 LINER
PHASE 2
2%
2%
2%
2%
8
C-501
4
C-501
6
C-501
1
C-501
1
C-501
7
C-501
8
C-501
1
C-501
4
C-502
4
C-502
6
C-501
5
C-501
1
C-502
1%
5%
2:1
EXISTING
RETENTION BASIN
3%
3%
3%
2:1
2:1
4
C-501
9
C-501
5%
3
C-502
2
C-501
4
C-501
9
C-501
3
C-502
1
C-501
N 926570.43
E 583410.24
EL 1075
N 926570.4330
E 583011.2277
EL 930.7
N 926570.43
E 581503.13
EL 952.2
N 926570.4330
E 581374.2894
EL 1004.0
932
1000
990
980
970
960
1010
1020
1030
1040
1050
934
936
938
940
942
944
946
948
950
952
EXISTING HAUL ROAD
FINAL COVER TOE LIMIT
LINER TURN-DOWN LIMIT
PERIMETER ROAD
WASTECELL LIMIT
PHASE 2 LCRS COLLECTOR, PER
PHASE 1 BASE LINER
TERMINATION, PER
(EXISTING)
PERIMETER ROAD
SIDESLOPE LINER
TERMINATION, PER
ANCHOR TRENCH AT BENCH, PER
BASE LINER SYSTEM, PER
LIMIT OF PHASE 2 WORK
LCRS PIPE TRENCH LINER
TERMINATION (TYP), PER
SIDE SLOPE TERMINATION, PER
PHASE 2 LCRS COLLECTOR, PER
LCRS PIPE TRENCH LINER
TERMINATION (TYP), PER
PHASE 2 BASE LINER
TERMINATION, PER
PHASE 1 BASE LINER
TIE-IN, PER
BENCHROAD LCRS
CROSSING AND RISER, PER
LCRS PIPE BENCH
COLLECTOR (TYP)
PHASE I SIDESLOPE
LINER TIE-IN, PER
LCRS PIPE BENCH
COLLECTOR (TYP)
ANCHOR TRENCH AT BENCH, PER
BENCH LINER TERMINATION, PER
SIDESLOPE LINER SYSTEM, (TYP) PER
ANCHOR TRENCH AT BENCH, PER
BENCH LINER TERMINATION, PER
LCRS PIPE BENCH
COLLECTOR (TYP), PER
BENCH LINER TERMINATION, PER
PHASE 2 LCRS COLLECTOR (TYP), PER
1
C-502
BENCHROAD LCRS AND
RISER CROSSING, PER
OF
SHT.
602.263.1100
Blue Stakes Center
CALL COLLECT
CALL FOR THE BLUE STAKES
Two Working Days Before You Dig
CITY OF GLENDALE
REVISION DATE:
FILE NAME:
AUTOCAD VER.:
PLOTTING DATE:
12-08-22
2022 PLAN SHEET TEMPLATE
11-30-22
2018
DSC # _ _ _ _ _ _
Glendale Landfill
North Cell Phase 2 Liner
623.930.2940
c.o.g. traffic control
72 Hours Before start of constuction
Scale AS SHOWN
Date
0
GRAPHIC SCALE:1''=
50
100'
100
200
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
1
PROTECT IN PLACE
NOTES
1.
TOPOGRAPHY IN THE NORTH CELL IS THE PHASE 2B
EXCAVATION AS-BUILT PREPARED BY SOUTHWEST SURVEY
SOLUTIONS ON MARCH 18, 2024.
2.
BASIS OF BEARING BASED ON ARIZONA STATE PLANE,
CENTRAL ZONE, NAD 83.
3.
BASIS OF ELEVATION BASED ON NAVD 88.
3
C-101 LINER-LCRS PLAN
6
LEGEND
EXISTING 2024 INDEX CONTOUR (5FT)
EXISTING 2024 INTERMEDIATE CONTOUR (1FT)
DESIGN INDEX CONTOUR (10FT)
DESIGN INTERMEDIATE CONTOUR (2FT)
LIMIT OF WORK
PHASE LINER LIMIT
LCRS PIPE
B
C-301
A
C-301
1%
5%
5%
2:1
EXISTING
RETENTION BASIN
3%
3%
3%
2:1
2:1
950
960
970
980
990
1000
940
2:1
2:1
PHASE 1 (EXISTING)
950
1010
2%
2%
PHASE 2 LINER LIMITS
EDGE OF EXISTING PHASE 1 LINER
PHASE 2
2%
2%
2%
2%
1
C-501
6
C-501
N 926570.43
E 583410.24
EL 1075
N 926570.4330
E 583011.2277
EL 930.7
N 926570.43
E 581503.13
EL 952.2
N 926570.4330
E 581374.2894
EL 1004.0
EXISTING HAUL ROAD
FINAL COVER TOE LIMIT
LINER TURN-DOWN LIMIT
PERIMETER ROAD
WASTE/CELL LIMIT
PERIMETER ROAD
BASE LINER SYSTEM, PER
LIMIT OF PHASE 2 WORK
PHASE 2 BASE LINER
TERMINATION, PER
934
1000
990
980
970
960
1010
1020
1030
1040
1050
936
938
940
942
944
946
948
950
952
954
OF
SHT.
602.263.1100
Blue Stakes Center
CALL COLLECT
CALL FOR THE BLUE STAKES
Two Working Days Before You Dig
CITY OF GLENDALE
REVISION DATE:
FILE NAME:
AUTOCAD VER.:
PLOTTING DATE:
12-08-22
2022 PLAN SHEET TEMPLATE
11-30-22
2018
DSC # _ _ _ _ _ _
Glendale Landfill
North Cell Phase 2 Liner
623.930.2940
c.o.g. traffic control
72 Hours Before start of constuction
Scale AS SHOWN
Date
0
GRAPHIC SCALE:1''=
50
100'
100
200
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
1
PROTECT IN PLACE
NOTES
1.
TOPOGRAPHY IN THE NORTH CELL IS THE PHASE 2B
EXCAVATION AS-BUILT PREPARED BY SOUTHWEST SURVEY
SOLUTIONS ON MARCH 18, 2024.
2.
BASIS OF BEARING BASED ON ARIZONA STATE PLANE,
CENTRAL ZONE, NAD 83.
3.
BASIS OF ELEVATION BASED ON NAVD 88.
4
C-102 TOP OF OPERATIONS LAYER PLAN
6
LEGEND
OPERATIONS LAYER
OPERATIONS LAYER LIMIT
EXISTING 2024 INDEX CONTOUR (5FT)
EXISTING 2024 INTERMEDIATE CONTOUR (1FT)
DESIGN INDEX CONTOUR (10FT)
DESIGN INTERMEDIATE CONTOUR (2FT)
LIMIT OF WORK
PHASE LINER LIMIT
OF
SHT.
602.263.1100
Blue Stakes Center
CALL COLLECT
CALL FOR THE BLUE STAKES
Two Working Days Before You Dig
CITY OF GLENDALE
REVISION DATE:
FILE NAME:
AUTOCAD VER.:
PLOTTING DATE:
12-08-22
2022 PLAN SHEET TEMPLATE
11-30-22
2018
DSC # _ _ _ _ _ _
Glendale Landfill
North Cell Phase 2 Liner
623.930.2940
c.o.g. traffic control
72 Hours Before start of constuction
Scale AS SHOWN
Date
NTS
4
REFERENCE SHEET C-101
NTS
5
NTS
6
NTS
2
REFERENCE SHEET C-101
LCRS PIPE CONNECTION
NTS
3
REFERENCE SHEET C-101
LCRS BENCH\ROAD COLLECTOR
54" (FOR
BENCHES)
VARIES FOR
WIDER ROAD
54" (FOR
BENCHES)
VARIES FOR
WIDER ROAD
4'
VARIES
SLOPE
TRENCH
ANCHOR
2'
HDPE WYE
INSTALL 6"[6"
END CAP
ANCHOR TRENCH
MAX
MAX
HINGE POINT
(BENCH ROAD
CROSSING SWALE)
37"
SMOOTH TRANSITION FROM BENCH
COLLECTOR TO 1:1 BENCH
CROSSING TRENCH
VARIES
SLOPE
TRENCH
TRACE OF ANCHOR
EL PER PLAN
BENCH
4'
5'
20' BENCH
3%
3:1
3:1
3'
6.67%
LINER GRADE BREAK
COLLECTOR, PER
SLOPE
PER PLAN
TOE OF SLOPE
SLOPE
PER PLAN
6" HDPE WYE
24"
48"
N
2:1
6" SLOTTED HDPE
LATERAL
2:1
2:1
N
CONTRACTOR SHALL
DETERMINE IN THE FIELD THE
RE4UIRED PIPE FITTINGS
24"
2:1
6" SLOTTED HDPE
MAINLINE PIPE
BENCH LINER, PER
6" DIA SLOTTED HDPE
LCRS PIPE (6/C-502)
16 OZ GEOTEXTILE
24" LAP OR SEW
12"
NTS
1
REFERENCE SHEET C-101
BENCH/ROAD LCRS CROSSING AND RISER
REFERENCE SHEET C-101
REFERENCE SHEET C-101
3
C-502
4
C-501
LCRS GRAVEL 2 CF/LF
4
C-501
3
C-502
SEW END OF GEOTEXTILE
INSTALL ELBOW
THROUGH GEOTEXTILE
6" SOLID LCRS
RISER PIPE
LINER GRADE BREAK
(BENCH/ROAD
CROSSING SWALE)
LCRS BENCH
COLLECTOR, PER
TOP OF LCRS SWALE (TYP)
LEACHATE PIPE TRENCH LINER TERMINATION
3/4" PLYWOOD
1.33'
2
1
PHASE II LINER LIMIT
SACRIFICIAL
GEOMEMBRANE
CAP STRIP
6" SDR 11 HDPE
(PERFORATED), PER
BASE LINER
TERMINATION, PER
6
C-501
6
C-502
BENCH LEACHATE PIPE TERMINATION
PERFORATED HDPE PIPE
GEOMEMBRANE TURN-DOWN
CAP
GEOMEMBRANE WELD
LINER COMPOSITE
GEOCOMPOSITE
SUBGRADE
3/4" PLYWOOD
PHASE 2 LINER LIMIT
SACRIFICIAL GEOMEMBRANE
CAP STRIP
LINER COMPOSITE
6" SDR 11 HDPE
(PERFORATED), PER
GEOTEXTILE
CAP
6
C-502
2'
SUBGRADE
1
2
1'
SHOTCRETE,
TROWEL FINISH
1'
1'
GEOMEMBRANE WELD
OVERLAP 24" MIN
HEATBOND GEOTEXTILE
TO GEOCOMPOSITE
6''
12"
4-1/2" HOLES E4UALLY
SPACED # 6" O.C. ROTATE
EACH ROW 45
VARIES
90
0.1"
1"
INSIDE
A
CLR
1"
1"
SECTION A-A
A
TYP
D=PER PLAN
NOTES:
1.
USE SOLID PIPE FOR RISERS AND DOWNDRAINS AND WHERE SPECIFIED.
2.
ADDITIONAL ALTERNATE PATTERN MAY BE USED UPON THE APPROVAL OF THE
ENGINEER. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF PERFORATION PER LINEAR FOOT OF PIPE IS 2 INCHES
ALTERNATE 1
ALTERNATE 2
INVERT OF 6" DIA SLOTTED
HDPE PIPE
120
(TYP)
2'
C-502 LCRS DETAILS
6
6
City of Glendale, Arizona
Public Works Department
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS
GLENDALE LANDFILL NORTH CELL PHASE 2
EARTHWORK & LINER CONSTRUCTION
PROJECT #232425.0
MAYOR
JERRY P. WEIERS
CITY COUNCIL
RAY MALNAR, SAHUARO DISTRICT
IAN HUGH, CACTUS DISTRICT
BART TURNER, BARREL DISTRICT
LAUREN TOLMACHOFF, CHOLLA DISTRICT
VACANT, OCOTILLO DISTRICT
LEANDRO BALDENEGRO, OCOTILLO
DISTRIC
VICE MAYOR JOYCE CLARK, YUCCA
DISTRICT
CITY MANAGEMENT
CITY MANAGER
KEVIN PHELPS
CITY ENGINEER
DAVID BEARD, P.E.
April 2024
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Technical Specifications
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork and Liner Construction – Divisions 1 through 3
Glendale Landfill
Glendale, Arizona
The material and data in this report were prepared under the supervision and direction of the
undersigned.
Tetra Tech, BAS Inc.
Todd Livermore, P.E., CFM
Project Manager
Garth R. Bowers, P.E.
Senior Operations Director
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01010 – Summary of Work
Section 01016 – Health and Safety Considerations
Section 01019 – Contract Considerations
Section 01025 – Measurement and Payment
Section 01035 – Modification Procedures
Section 01050 – Field Engineering
Section 01052 – Layout of Work and Surveys
Section 01200 – Project Meetings
Section 01300 – Submittals
Section 01310 – Construction Schedule
Section 01400 – Quality Control
Section 01500 – Construction Facilities
Section 01560 – Temporary Controls
Section 01600 – Material and Equipment
Section 01630 – Product Options and Substitutions
Section 01700 – Contract Closeout
DIVISION 2 – SITEWORK
Section 02100 – Clearing and Grubbing
Section 02221 – Excavating and Stockpiling
Section 02222 – Earth Fills
Section 02223 – Subgrade Preparation
Section 02224 – Trenching, Backfill & Compacting
Section 02225 – Geocomposite
Section 02711 – Polyethylene Pipe
Section 02771 – Geotextile
Section 02778 – Geomembrane
Section 02779 – Geosynthetic Clay Layer
APPENDIX A – PROJECT DRAWINGS
North Cell Phase 2 Earth Work & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
DIVISION 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01010
Page 1
SUMMARY OF WORK
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Contract Description
B.
Familiarization
C.
CONTRACTOR’s Use of Premises
D.
Construction Water
E.
Description of Work
F.
Work Hours
G.
Permits
H.
CONTRACTOR’s Work Scope
1.2
CONTRACT DESCRIPTION
Contract Type: Per the Bid Documents, Standard Construction Agreement
between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
Site Location: Glendale Landfill, 11480 Glendale Avenue, Glendale, Arizona,
85307.
1.3
FAMILIARIZATION
Prior to implementing any work, the CONTRACTOR shall become thoroughly
familiar with the site, the site conditions, and all portions of the work falling within
this Project and the CQA Plan.
Inspection
1.
If the CONTRACTOR has any concerns regarding the site, the
CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER and the OWNER in
writing within 48 hours of the bid submittal date. Failure to notify the
OWNER or the ENGINEER prior to the bid submittal date shall be
construed as CONTRACTOR’s acceptance of the related work of all
other Sections.
2.
The CONTRACTOR shall verify as-built conditions prior to
placement and/or excavation of any material.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01010
Page 2
SUMMARY OF WORK
3.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for contacting Blue
Stake and locating all underground utilities prior to excavation of any
material.
1.4
CONTRACTOR’S USE OF PREMISES
The CONTRACTOR should limit activities to the project area, as shown on the
Drawings including stockpiles, staging area, and haul road as identified by the
OWNER.
CONTRACTOR shall coordinate use of the premises, for his material storage and
construction activities, with OWNER and utility service companies.
The full use of the premises for storage, the operations of workmen and for all
other construction activities will not be available to CONTRACTOR. The
Drawings define the area allocated to CONTRACTOR.
It shall be understood that responsibility for protection and safe-keeping of
equipment and materials on or near the site will be entirely that of CONTRACTOR
and that no claim shall be made against the OWNER or his authorized
representatives by reason of any act. It shall be further understood that should any
occasion arise necessitating access to the sites occupied by these stored materials
or equipment, the ENGINEER shall direct CONTRACTOR owning or responsible
for the stored materials and equipment to immediately move the same. No
materials or equipment may be placed upon the property of the OWNER, other
than in the designated areas as shown on the Drawings, unless the ENGINEER has
agreed to the location contemplated by CONTRACTOR to be used for storage.
All stored materials shall be labeled according to the appropriate CONTRACTOR
or Subcontractor with the manufacturer’s label as well. Appropriate material
safety data sheets (i.e., MSDS) shall be provided.
CONTRACTOR shall be required to share use of the premises with other
Contractors whose services the OWNER has obtained or will obtain for
construction of other facilities on the site.
1.5
CONSTRUCTION WATER
Construction water is available on-site at the existing waterline standpipe located
north of the north cell excavation. The CONTRACTOR shall supply his own J-
stand or overhead tank for construction water.
CONTRACTOR shall utilize all means deemed necessary to store water in
sufficient quantities to maintain dust control in conformance with Section 01560
and for compaction as required by the Division 2 specifications. This may mean
installing overhead tanks at more than one supply location. The CONTRACTOR
will not be allowed to utilize existing equipment (i.e., City of Glendale’s stand
tank) used for dust control water for the landfill operations.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01010
Page 3
SUMMARY OF WORK
The OWNER will not charge a fee to the CONTRACTOR for the use of
construction water; however, costs associated with installing overhead tanks and
appurtenances, pumping, additional storage (if required), transport and/or
conveyance, and utilization of construction water shall be included in the bid price
for each item as identified in Section 01025.
1.6
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
The work to be performed for this contract includes, but is not necessarily limited
to:
• surveying,
• North Cell Phase 2 (NC) finish grade excavation (mass excavation has
been previously performed under separate contract),
• subgrade preparation,
• compacted soil fill (as needed for liner installation),
• liner installation,
• stockpiling daily cover in the northern portion of the North Cell,
• screening/stockpiling future NC Phase 2 operations layer material,
• operations layer placement.
Upon completion of subgrade preparation and prior to the placement of the
operations layer, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary time on the
project schedule for the geosynthetic material installer (included as part of this
project) to construct all geosynthetic components of the base lining system.
CONTRACTOR shall provide support to the liner installer by supplying the
equipment and personnel required to offload and store all geosynthetic materials
delivered to the site in preparation for installation by the liner installer. This shall
be incidental to the project.
All work must be carried out and maintained per the Drawings and Specifications
subject to the approval of the Design ENGINEER and Quality Assurance/Quality
Control consultant.
1.7
WORK HOURS
Unless otherwise changed by the OWNER, construction activities and material
deliveries to the facility shall be 24 hours/day 7 days/week. Noise and light
abatement will be considered for all work activities between 7pm and 7am.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01010
Page 4
SUMMARY OF WORK
1.8
CONTRACTOR’S WORK SCOPE
A.
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, supervision,
transportation, and installation services required to complete the excavation,
earth fills, channel and liner, and other construction described in these
Specifications and the following Drawings;
1.
North Cell Phase 2 Liner, Glendale Landfill, Glendale, Arizona,
sealed by Garth R. Bowers, P.E., Tetra Tech BAS, Inc., on 04/26/2024.
B.
Unless otherwise specified in these specifications or the above-referenced
drawings, all work shall be performed in conformance with the requirements of
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Maricopa Association of
Governments (MAG), latest edition.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01016
Page 1 of 4
HEALTH AND SAFETY
CONSIDERATIONS
SECTION 01016
HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.9
SECTION INCLUDES
Preparing project site specific health and safety plan.
Implementing project site specific health and safety plan.
1.10
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Section will be considered part of cost of all other items of work. OWNER will
not make separate payment for this section.
1.11
OTHER
The exact nature of materials and wastes disposed of at the landfill is unknown.
The possibility exists of encountering gases and/or other substances during the
Work that may be potentially hazardous to the safety and health of personnel,
especially those working in the vicinity of open excavations and pipes venting
gases.
The CONTRACTOR is advised that decomposing refuse produces landfill gas
which is approximately 50 percent methane (natural gas) by volume. Landfill gas
is colorless, can be odorless, may contain hydrogen sulfide, toxic or hazardous
material, is combustible, and may contain no oxygen. Landfill gas can also
migrate through several thousand feet of soil adjacent to landfills. The
CONTRACTOR is therefore advised of the need for precautions against fire,
explosion and asphyxiation when working on the landfill and in or near
excavations on the project site.
1.12
SUBMITTALS
CONTRACTOR shall submit with bid documents, a general Health and Safety
Plan to the OWNER, for informational purposes only.
CONTRACTOR shall submit, after Notice of Award but prior to pre-construction
meeting, a Site-Specific Health & Safety Plan to be approved by OWNER (See
Section 01300). Acceptance of the plan by the OWNER does not release the
CONTRACTOR of liability in the event of an accident or injury, nor does it place
any liability on the OWNER.
Submittals may be completed electronically.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01016
Page 2 of 4
HEALTH AND SAFETY
CONSIDERATIONS
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACTOR shall be solely and completely responsible for initiating,
maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection
with the Work. Take all necessary precautions for the safety of and provide the
necessary protection to prevent injury or loss to all CONTRACTOR'S employees.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Arizona OSHA regulations. The
CONTRACTOR'S Health and Safety Plan does not supersede or in any way
relieve the CONTRACTOR of obligations under any applicable Occupational
Safety and Health Agency (OSHA) regulations including (but not limited to) 29
CFR 1910: Occupational Safety and Health Standards and 29 CFR 1926: Health
and Safety Regulations for Construction.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ensuring that all Subcontractors abide
with the contents of this section.
CONTRACTOR shall become familiar with potential hazardous health and safety
conditions and risks associated with working in or near decomposing refuse at a
landfill site and take the applicable precautions for work at the project site.
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for determining and providing an
appropriate health and safety program, including monitoring, equipment, plans in
event of problems and/or emergencies, and other related items as needed.
3.2
SITE RESTRICTIONS
Reflective safety vests, hard hats and steel toed boots shall be worn by all
personnel during work. Other personal protective equipment will be worn as
necessary.
CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the posted speed limit at all times.
CONTRACTOR shall further limit vehicle speeds as necessary for safe operation
based on road conditions and construction traffic.
3.3
SITE SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM
Develop and implement a Health and Safety Program in accordance with all
applicable Arizona Health and Safety regulations, Federal OSHA regulations, 29
CFR 1910 and 29 CFR 1926, and any other applicable federal, state, or local
agency regulations or requirements. If any of these requirements are in conflict,
the more stringent requirement shall apply. The CONTRACTOR’S failure to be
thoroughly familiarized with the aforementioned safety and health provisions shall
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01016
Page 3 of 4
HEALTH AND SAFETY
CONSIDERATIONS
not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for full compliance with the
obligations and requirements set forth herein. The CONTRACTOR'S Health and
Safety Plan shall include as appropriate, but shall not necessarily be limited to, the
items required by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120:
1.
Organizational structure.
2.
Comprehensive work plan.
3.
Hazard analysis for each site task.
4.
Employee training.
5.
Personal protective equipment to be used for each task.
6.
Medical surveillance.
7.
Frequency and types of air monitoring, personnel monitoring,
and environmental sampling techniques and instrumentation to be used.
8.
Site control measures.
9.
Decontamination procedures.
10.
Emergency response plan.
11.
Confined space entry procedures (if part of scope of work).
12.
Spill containment program.
Provide to the OWNER, prior to the start of any field activities, certification that
requirements of this Section have been met. This certification shall include:
1.
Documentation of the training required under OSHA 29 CFR
1910.120 for site personnel and supervisors.
2.
Documentation of current first aid and CPR training for at least
two employees per work shift.
3.
Documentation of participation of all site personnel in a medical
surveillance program in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120.
4.
Documentation that all site personnel expected to wear
respiratory protection have been medically examined and approved for
wearing such equipment and have been fit tested in accordance with
OSHA regulations.
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a copy of the plan at the site for the duration
of work.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01016
Page 4 of 4
HEALTH AND SAFETY
CONSIDERATIONS
If the OWNER observes any of the CONTRACTOR'S employees or
Subcontractors engaging in an unsafe act or procedure that may result in serious
injury or death to the person performing the act/procedure, or to any other person,
the OWNER shall have the right, but not the duty, to stop the work until the
condition is corrected. The CONTRACTOR shall be held responsible for any
increased costs that result from this work stoppage.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for holding mandatory weekly safety
meetings on the site. The OWNER shall be notified of the time and place for these
meetings, so that they may attend if they desire. Meetings shall reiterate all safety
measures to be taken and shall discuss any violations committed and preventive
measures. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with a copy of the
minutes and the attendance upon request.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide all personnel working on the project with
required orientation and training on the potential hazards and the appropriate use
of safety equipment.
The CONTRACTOR shall meet applicable OSHA health and safety requirements
at all times during drilling and excavations. The CONTRACTOR shall secure all
work areas and close any open holes or excavations when not working by marking
with ribbons and cones, and posting of signs indicating to the public to stay away
due to the existence of deep open excavation.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01019
Page 1 of 2
CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS
SECTION 01019
CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
References and abbreviations of various industry associations, trade associations,
societies, organizations, and regulatory agencies, as referenced in the Contract
Documents.
1.2
DESCRIPTIONS
The Contract Documents contain references to various standard Specifications,
codes, practices, and requirements for materials, workmanship, installation
inspections, and tests. Which references are published and issued by the
organizations, societies, and associations listed below by abbreviation and name.
Such references are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents to the extent
cited.
Any material, method, or procedure specified by reference to the number, symbol,
or title of a specific Specification or standard, such as a Commercial Standard,
American National Standard, Federal or State Specification, Industry or
Government Code, a trade association code or standard, or other similar standard,
shall comply with the requirements of the edition in effect on the date of Notice to
Proceed.
The code, specification, or standard referred to, except as modified in these
Specifications, shall have full force and effect as though printed in these
Specifications. These Specifications and standards are not furnished to bidders
since manufacturers and trades involved are assumed to be familiar with their
requirements. The OWNER will furnish, upon request, information as to how
copies of the Specifications and standards referred to may be obtained.
1.3
ABBREVIATIONS
Whenever in the Contract the following abbreviations are used, their meanings
shall be as follows:
AASHTO
American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials
ACI
American Concrete Institute
ADEQ
Arizona Department of Environmental Quality
ADOT
Arizona Department of Transportation
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers
ASTM
ASTM International
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01019
Page 2 of 2
CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS
AWWA
American Water Works Association
AZPDES
Arizona Pollution Discharge Elimination System
COG
City of Glendale
GRI
Geosynthetics Research Institute
FS
Federal Specifications
MAG
Maricopa Association of Governments
MAQD
Maricopa County Air Quality Department
MC/COG
Maricopa County/City of Glendale
MDES
Maricopa County Department of Environmental Services
NSF
National Sanitation Foundation
OSHA
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PPI
Plastic Pipe Institute
SPCC
Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures
SWPPP
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 1 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
SECTION 01025
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Measurement and payment methods for contract bid items.
1.2
MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES
Performed according to United States Measures.
Based on actual units installed or neat line dimensions of work completed.
1.3
CALCULATION OF QUANTITIES
Progress Payment Quantities:
CONTRACTOR will compute all quantities of Work performed, or of materials
and equipment delivered to the site for progress payment purposes.
OWNER may at any time verify quantities calculated by CONTRACTOR.
Final Payment Quantities: CONTRACTOR will compute all quantities of Work
performed, or of materials and equipment delivered and installed for final payment
purposes. OWNER may perform an independent computation of all quantities of
work performed, and of materials and equipment installed.
1.4
PAYMENT
In accordance with lump sum, unit prices, or force account rates shown on the
CONTRACTOR’S final negotiated Bid Schedule.
Includes all costs for overhead and profit and for supplying materials, labor,
equipment, and tools, and all applicable Federal, State, County, City, and local
taxes, necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the Specifications,
Drawings, and Contract Conditions.
Earthwork quantities shall be based on the volume difference between the current
rough grade contours and the final finish grade contours. Load counts shall not be
used as a means of quantifying earthwork.
Provide temporary power as necessary for the work at the CONTRACTOR’S
expense. No permanent power is available at the project location.
Bid amounts for each bid item shall constitute payment in full.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 2 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1.5
VALUES OF UNIT PRICES
The number of units and quantities contained in the Bid Schedule are approximate
only, and final payment will be made for the actual number of units and quantities
incorporated in the work or made necessary to complete the project. All unit and
lump prices shall include applicable Federal, State, County, City, and local taxes.
In the event that work and materials or equipment are required to be furnished to
a greater or lesser extent than is indicated by the Contract Documents, such work
and materials or equipment shall be furnished in greater or lesser quantities.
1.6
CHANGES AND EXTRA WORK
Changes and extra work will be measured and paid for in accordance with the
requirements of this Section after an approved change order has been issued to the
CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a Labor and Equipment Rate
Schedule with the completed bid sheet.
1.7
REJECTED MATERIALS
Quantities of material wasted or disposed in a manner not called for in the
Specifications; rejected loads of material, including material rejected after it has
been placed by reasons of the failure of CONTRACTOR to conform to the
provisions of the Specifications; material not unloaded from the transporting
vehicle; material placed outside the limits indicated by the Drawings or established
by OWNER; or material remaining on hand after completion of the Work, will not
be paid for, and such quantities will not be included in the final total quantities.
No compensation will be made for loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected
material.
1.8
FORCE ACCOUNT WORK
Payment for Force Account work will be determined as follows:
Labor.
1.
Payment for labor will be based on the Force Account Labor Rate
Schedule submitted with the bid.
2.
Payment constitutes full compensation for labor including wages,
benefits, overhead, and profit for each individual.
Equipment.
1.
Payment for equipment will be based on the Force Account Equipment
Rate Schedule submitted with the bid.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 3 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
2.
Payment constitutes full compensation for supplying equipment and
includes all costs for maintenance, fuel, insurance, overhead, profit and
any other costs necessary to provide and operate the equipment.
Payment does not include operator labor cost.
Materials.
1.
Payment for materials will be paid for at CONTRACTOR’s invoiced
cost plus 10 percent.
2.
Payment will be based on invoices from suppliers documenting cost to
CONTRACTOR.
3.
Where invoices are not available a unit cost must be approved by the
OWNER prior to use of the material.
1.9
FUEL COST ADJUSTMENT
General
1.
The ENGINEER will adjust monthly progress payments up or down as
appropriate for cost fluctuations in diesel fuel as determined in
accordance with these special provisions.
2.
A fuel cost adjustment will be made when fluctuations in the price of
diesel fuel, in excess of 15 percent, occur throughout this contract. The
ENGINEER will not provide such adjustments for fluctuations in the
price of diesel fuel of 15 percent or less.
3.
No adjustments will be made for fluctuations in the price of fuels other
than diesel.
Measurement
1.
The base index price of fuel will be determined by the ENGINEER from
the selling prices of diesel fuel published by OPIS (Oil Price
Information Service). The base index price to be used will be the price
for Diesel fuel No. 2, Ultra Low Sulfur, PAD 5, City of Phoenix Rack.
The reported average value for the Phoenix area will be used.
2.
The base index price for each month will be the arithmetic average of
the selling price for diesel fuel, as specified above, shown in the last
four reports received prior to the last Wednesday of the month.
3.
This price will be effective as of the last Wednesday of each month.
4.
This price will be deemed to be the "initial cost" (IC) for diesel fuel on
project during the following month.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 4 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
5.
The current index price for diesel fuel in subsequent months will be the
base index price, determined as specified above, for the current month.
6.
For example; an adjustment for diesel fuel used in May, if applicable,
will be based on the “current price” (CP) for May as posted on the last
Wednesday of May. The amount of adjustment per gallon will be the
net difference between the "initial cost," adjusted by 15 percent, and the
current index price. The monthly adjustment will be determined by the
ENGINEER and included in the payment estimate as a fuel adjustment.
For fluctuations in excess of 15 percent, fuel cost adjustments will only
be made for current price index increases greater than 1.15 times the
"initial cost" or for decreases less than 0.85 times the "initial cost." No
calculation will be made for fluctuations in the current index price of 15
percent or less when compared to the "initial cost."
7.
If the Fuel Cost Adjustment applies according to this Section A -
GENERAL, then the number of gallons of diesel fuel used per month
will be considered to equal 1.5 percent of the dollar amount of work
reported by the CONTRACTOR for each month. Such dollar amount
will not include revenue accrued in the previous month for fuel price
adjustments.
8.
A monthly adjustment, if applicable, will be made on this quantity, as
shown below:
𝑆𝑆= 0.015 ∗(𝑄𝑄)
𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼
∗(𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶−𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴)
Where:
S = Monetary amount of the adjustments (plus or minus) in dollars
Q = Dollar amount of work completed for the month
CP = Current index price in dollars per gallon
AC = Adjusted “initial cost” (1.15 or 0.85 times IC) in dollars per
gallon
IC = “Initial cost” as determined above, dollars per gallon
9.
If adjustments are made in the contract quantities, the CONTRACTOR
shall accept any fuel adjustment as full compensation for increases or
decreases in the price of fuel regardless of the amounts of overrun or
underrun.
10.
The value calculated above (plus or minus) will be adjusted to include
sales tax and other taxes as applicable.
11.
No additional compensation will be made for any additional charges,
costs, expenses, etc., which the CONTRACTOR may have incurred
since the time of bidding and which may be the result of any fluctuation
in the base index price of diesel fuel.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 5 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
12.
No adjustments will be made for work performed after Substantial
Completion, as defined in Section A01010 Subsection 1.09, has been
achieved.
Payment
1.
Price adjustments will be shown on the monthly progress estimate, but
will not be included in the total cost of work for determination of
progress or for extension of contract time.
1.10
PAY ITEMS
Mobilization/Demobilization
(Bid Item 1)
1.
Measurement by Lump Sum (LS), based on mobilizing of equipment
and labor to perform work and demobilizing from and cleaning the site
after all work and testing has been performed and accepted by the
OWNER.
2.
Bid Item 1 includes any and all temporary facilities and utilities, safety
plans, and construction equipment required for this project. Payment
for this work will be made on a lump sum basis. Twenty five (25)
percent of the lump sum price bid will be paid with the first payment
request following satisfactory evidence of mobilization of sufficient
labor, equipment and material to adequately progress the work of this
contract. Twenty-five (25) percent of the lump sum price bid will be
paid with the second payment request. Fifty (50) percent of the lump
sum price bid will be paid with the Final Payment request. The price
bid in the proposal for this item shall not exceed five (5) percent of the
original amount.
Excavation/Stockpiling (Bid Item 2)
1.
Measured by the bank Cubic Yard (CY). Measurement of excavation
will be made by comparing pre-construction topography of the landfill
cell construction as depicted on the Drawings with post-excavation
topography. Pre-construction topography will be established by field
survey of existing grades. Survey will establish existing grades at a
maximum 50-foot grid and establish major grade breaks. Post-
construction topography will be established by similar survey at a
maximum 50-foot grid and also establish major grade breaks. Post
construction survey will not be performed until all earthwork on the
project is complete. Earthwork post construction survey shall be
completed prior to the installation of any overlying aggregate base,
riprap, concrete, or other improvements. Calculations will be made on
an average end area basis vertically by 2-foot contour interval.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 6 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
2.
Payment includes all costs to excavate soil (both native and
stockpiled/placed by previous activities at the site) within and around
the cell area, load, haul, and place in a stockpile or load and transport to
areas of fill, as described in Sections 02221 and 02222, and as shown
on the Drawings. No additional payment will be made for load and haul
of excavated material that is stockpiled and later relocated for use as fill.
Also includes all clearing and stripping costs per Section 02100.
Surveying
(Bid Item 3)
1.
Measured by Lump Sum (LS).
2.
Payment as follows: 40 percent of lump sum amount upon completion
of 10 percent of the work, and 50 percent at Substantial Completion,
and 10 percent upon acceptance of all as-built documents. Payment
includes all costs to perform construction control and slope staking,
surveys to compute quantities (i.e., pre- and post- construction), surveys
to document as-built conditions of the Cell, and the preparation of
Record Drawings as described in Section 01050 and 01052.
AZPDES (Bid Item 4)
1.
Measured by Lump Sum (LS).
2.
Payment includes all costs to prepare and submit the Construction
Notice of Intent and Notice of Termination to the State and to prepare
and implement the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for
the site in accordance with the requirements of Section 01560.
Engineered Fill (Bid Item 5)
1.
Measured by in-place Cubic Yard (CY). Measurement of in-place
engineered fill will be made by comparing pre-construction topography
with post-subgrade construction topography. Pre-construction
topography will be established by field survey of existing grades.
Survey will establish existing grades at a maximum 50-foot grid and
establish major grade breaks. Post-construction topography will be
established by similar survey at a maximum 50-foot grid and also
establish major grade breaks. Calculations will be made on an average
end area basis vertically by 2-foot contour interval.
2.
Payment will be made by the Cubic Yard (CY). Payment includes all
costs to load, haul, place, moisture condition and compact as described
in Sections 02221 and 02222, and as shown on the Drawings. Also
includes all clearing and stripping costs per Section 02100.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 7 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Liner Subgrade Preparation
(Bid Item 6)
1.
Measured by the acre (AC). Measurement based on perimeter survey;
sloped areas will be equated based on actual area, not plan area.
2.
Payment includes all costs to complete subgrade preparation for the
landfill liner as described in Section 02223.
Operations Layer Placement
(Bid Item 7)
1.
Measurement will be based on the surveyed area multiplied by the
specified neat line thickness for the Operations Layer Material meeting
the gradation requirements of Section 02222 and as shown on the
Drawings. CONTRACTOR will be responsible for verifying specified
thickness by survey methods. No adjustments will be made in the area
for uneven contours.
2.
Payment will be by the Cubic Yard (CY) in-place. Payment includes
all costs to furnish equipment and labor to load, haul and place on-site
supplied material as shown on the Drawings and as described in
Section 02222.
Anchor Trench – East/West
(Bid Item 8)
1.
Measurement by the Lineal Foot (LF) of Anchor Trench installed along
the top of the east and west side of the NC area.
2.
Payment will be by Lineal Foot (LF). Payment includes all costs for
geosynthetic materials beyond the waste/cell limit detailed on the
Drawings and to locate, excavate, construct soil berm, prepare, shape,
backfill and compact the Anchor Trench as shown on the Drawings and
described in Section 02222.
Anchor Trench - Bench (Bid Item 9)
1.
Measurement by the Lineal Foot (LF) of Anchor Trench installed along
the drainage benches of the NC area.
2.
Payment will be by Lineal Foot (LF). Payment includes all costs for
overlapping geosynthetic materials within the anchor trench as detailed
on the Drawings and to locate, excavate, construct soil berm, prepare,
shape, backfill and compact the Anchor Trench as shown on the
Drawings and described in Section 02222.
Base Liner Termination (Bid Item 10)
1.
Measurement by the Lineal Foot (LF) of Liner Termination installed
along the north side of the NC area.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 8 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
2.
Payment includes all costs to construct the liner termination as detailed
on the Drawings and includes plywood, excavation for temporary
turndowns, additional geomembrane and backfilling the temporary
turndowns, installing the separation berm and furnishing and installing
the sacrificial geomembrane cap strip.
Side Slope Liner Termination
(Bid Item 11)
1.
Measurement by the Lineal Foot (LF) of Liner Termination installed
along the north side of the NC area.
2.
Payment includes all costs to construct the liner termination, including
shotcrete and additional geosynthetic materials beyond the liner limit as
detailed on the Drawings.
Bench Liner Termination
(Bid Item 12)
1.
Measurement by the Lineal Foot (LF) of Liner Termination installed
along the east and west sides of the NC area.
2.
Payment includes all costs to construct the liner termination, including
additional geosynthetic materials beyond the pay limit of liner shown
on Detail 4/C-501 and cover/ballast beyond the liner limit at the bench
anchor trench as detailed on the Drawings.
Base Liner Tie-In
(Bid Item 13)
1.
Measurement by the Lineal Foot (LF) of tie-in installed along the south
edge of the bottom liner of the North Cell Phase 2 area.
2.
Payment will be by Lineal Foot (LF). Payment includes all costs to
locate, excavate, remove plywood, and expose tie-in and install gravel
for the drainage layer transition as shown on the Drawings and described
in Sections 02225, 02771, 02778, and 02779.
Sideslope Liner Tie-In
(Bid Item 14)
1.
Measurement by the Lineal Foot (LF) of tie-in uncovered, based on the
perimeter survey performed along the south edge of the sideslope liner
of the North Cell Phase 2 area.
2.
Payment will be by Lineal Foot (LF). Payment includes all costs to
locate, excavate, and expose tie-in, as shown on the Drawings and
described in Sections 02778 and 02779.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 9 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Geosynthetic Clay Liner (GCL) (Bid Item 15)
1.
Measurement by area installed excluding anchor trenches, measured by
the slope-corrected square foot (SF) based on a perimeter survey of the
completed installation. No adjustment will be made for uneven
contours or for overlap at seams or wastage. No measurement will be
made for geosynthetic clay liner lost due to damage resulting from either
the fault or the negligence of the CONTRACTOR. The perimeter is
defined as the neat line dimension of the liner/cell limit shown on the
anchor trench and termination details.
2.
Payment will be by the square foot (SF). Payment includes all costs to
on the Drawings and described in Section 02779.
3.
This item will also include all Construction Quality Control testing of
the GCL.
60-mil, double-sided textured Geomembrane Liner
(Bid Item 16)
1.
Measurement by area installed excluding anchor trenches, measured by
the slope-corrected square foot (SF) based on a perimeter survey of the
completed installation. No adjustment will be made for uneven
contours or for overlap at seams, or wastage. No measurement will be
made for geomembrane lost due to damage resulting from either the
fault or the negligence of the CONTRACTOR. The perimeter is defined
as the neat line dimension of the liner/cell limits shown on the anchor
trench and termination details.
2.
Payment will be by the Square Foot (SF). Includes all costs to install
geomembrane as shown on the Drawings and described in
Section 02778.
3.
This item will also include all Construction Quality Control testing of
the Geomembrane Liner.
Geocomposite LCRS Drainage Layer
(Bid Item 17)
1.
Measurement by area installed, measured by the slope-corrected square
foot (SF) based on a perimeter survey of the completed installation. No
adjustment will be made for uneven contours or for overlap at seams, or
wastage. The perimeter is defined as the neat line dimension of the floor
liner limit and perimeter details.
2.
Payment will be by the Square Foot (SF). Includes all costs to install
OWNER-supplied Geocomposite, fasten Geocomposite, and repair
Geocomposite as shown on the drawing and described in Section 02225.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 10 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
3.
This item will also include all Construction Quality Control testing of
the Geocomposite LCRS Drainage Layer.
R.
6” HDPE Leachate Collection Drain
(Bid Item 18)
1.
Measurement based on actual length installed based on survey
performed by CONTRACTOR.
2.
Payment will be by Lineal Foot (LF). Payment includes all costs to
furnish the equipment and labor necessary to install Leachate Collection
Drains, including those on benches, but not limited to geotextile,
perforated HDPE pipe, fittings, and gravel fill. CONTRACTOR shall
furnish gravel fill. CONTRACTOR must provide OWNER with
purchase quantities of pipe and geotextile.
3.
This item will also include all Construction Quality Control testing of
the Leachate Collection Drain.
S.
6” HDPE Leachate Riser Pipe - Solid (Bid Item 19)
1.
Measurement based on actual length installed based on survey
performed by CONTRACTOR.
2.
Payment will be by Lineal Foot (LF). Payment includes all costs to
furnish the equipment and labor necessary to install Leachate Riser
Pipe, including, but not limited to, HDPE pipe and fittings.
3.
This item will also include all Construction Quality Control testing of
the Leachate Riser Pipe.
T.
Geotextile (12 oz.)
(Bid Item 20)
1.
Measurement by area installed on side slopes from toe of side slope to
the neat-line top edge of deployed operations layer, measured by the
slope-corrected square foot (SF) based on a perimeter survey of the
completed installation. No adjustment will be made for uneven
contours or for overlap at seams, or wastage. No measurement will be
made for geotextile installed as separator or cushion layer incidental to
other bid items including Base Liner Termination, Base Liner Tie-in, or
6” HDPE Leachate Collection Drain.
2.
Payment will be by the Square Foot (SF). Includes all costs to install
geotextile as shown on the Drawings and described in Section 02771.
3.
This item will also include all Construction Quality Control testing of
the Geotextile.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 11 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
U.
Haul Daily Cover to North Cell Stockpile
(Bid Item 21)
Note: The CONTRACTOR shall place the soil stockpiles in the • North
Cell at the direction of the OWNER.
1.
However, all, some, none, or more of the excavated soil may be hauled
to the stockpile location, as directed by the OWNER. The
CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the project scheduling listed in Section
01310 – Construction Schedule, which includes schedule milestones
and minimum and maximum annual volume excavation amounts.
2.
Measured by in-place Cubic Yard (CY). The CONTRACTOR shall
provide a base line survey for the OWNER’S review and acceptance
prior to beginning excavation. Measurement of excavation will be made
by comparing pre-construction base line topography with the monthly
surveyed topography. Survey will establish existing grades at a
maximum 100-foot grid and establish major grade breaks. Calculations
will be made by AutoCAD comparison between base line topography
and surveyor provided monthly topography. Required construction
water and fine grading of fill shall be considered incidental to this item.
No load counts will be used for payment. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide all survey data used for volume calculations to the OWNER and
ENGINEER.
3.
Payment will be made by the Cubic Yard excavated. Payment includes
The cost shall include moisture conditioning, material processing and
segregation,
excavation,
hauling,
grading/shaping,
compaction,
vehicles, labor, and all other items necessary to complete the Work. The
overall quantity to be excavated will be based on the difference between
the current north area topography (base line) and the final elevations
shown on the Contract Drawings. The CONTRACTOR must
independently verify and agree to the cubic yardage quantity to be
excavated prior to bid submittal. The cost per cubic yard excavated will
be the sole means of payment, including moisture conditioning, material
processing and segregation, excavation, hauling, grading/shaping,
compaction, vehicles, labor, and all other items necessary to complete
the Work.
V.
Operations Layer Material Screening/Stockpiling
(Bid Item 22)
1.
Measurement will be based on the surveyed area multiplied by the
specified neat line thickness for the Operations Layer Stockpile meeting
the gradation requirements of Section 02222 and as shown on the
Drawings. CONTRACTOR will be responsible for verifying specified
thickness by survey methods. No adjustments will be made in the area
for uneven contours.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01025
Page 12 of 11
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
2.
Payment will be by the Cubic Yard (CY) in-place. Payment includes
all costs to furnish equipment and labor to load, haul, screen, provide
dust control, and place on-site supplied material in stockpile at
location(s) to be determined by owner.
Payment and Performance Bonds
(Bid Item 23)
1.
Measured by Lump Sum (LS).
2.
Payment includes all costs to procure and provide payment and
performance bonds in accordance with the City of Glendale contract
requirements.
Construction Taxes
(Bid Item 24)
1.
Measured by incurred cost.
2.
Payment includes all costs assessed for Federal, State, County, City
taxes. CONTRACTOR shall provide invoices or similar documentation
of the assessed tax amount from each taxing authority to the OWNER
verifying the actual amount paid. Taxes under this item will be paid at
the actual amount assessed, without markup, and will not be subject to
the early payment discount provision to this contract.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01035
Page 1 of 1
MODIFICATION PROCEEDURES
SECTION 01030
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Smoking Policy.
Special Clean-up.
Limiting Public Access.
Materials Delivery.
Emergencies.
General Safety.
Storm Damage.
Equipment Fueling and Maintenance.
1.2
SMOKING POLICY
Smoking is not allowed at the City of Glendale Landfill. The smoking prohibition
will be strictly enforced on this project due to the explosive nature of landfill gas.
1.3
SPECIAL CLEAN-UP
Any trash generated on the project site by the CONTRACTOR, or his employees,
will be cleaned up daily by the CONTRACTOR for disposal on site (active face
of the landfill). Mud and dirt tracked off site by the CONTRACTOR, his
equipment, or his employees will be cleaned up daily by the CONTRACTOR.
Facility access roads and any other off-site roads will be scraped clean daily and
washed down at least once per week.
1.4
LIMITING PUBLIC ACCESS
All necessary precautions including barricades and/or traffic cones will be used to
prevent the public from entering the working area. The CONTRACTOR is
reminded that the landfill is a hazardous area containing heavy equipment and
explosive gases.
1.5
MATERIALS DELIVERY
The CONTRACTOR is to have all materials delivered to his work site and/or
staging area. The OWNER or ENGINEER will not accept delivery of materials.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01035
Page 2 of 1
MODIFICATION PROCEEDURES
1.6
EMERGENCIES
The CONTRACTOR will provide the ENGINEER with the phone numbers of at
least two individuals who may be contacted in an emergency on a 24-hour, 7-day
per week basis, including holidays. To prepare for emergencies, the
CONTRACTOR will ensure that his employees know the location of appropriate
fire and first aid equipment and emergency phone numbers. In the event of an
emergency, such as damage or rupture of an existing gas pipeline, the
CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the ENGINEER and/or the Operator.
Should such an emergency occur after hours, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the
ENGINEER. This is in addition to the CONTRACTOR taking any appropriate
immediate emergency response to correct the problem.
1.7
GENERAL SAFETY
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for maintaining safety on the project site
in accordance with the provisions of the contract and including OSHA and NFPA
regulations. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall supply all necessary safety
equipment for his employees and any site visitors. Tool box safety meetings shall
be performed a minimum of once per week for all site personnel.
1.8
STORM DAMAGE
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the repair of any storm damage to
the Work prior to the Final Acceptance by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Storm
damage of Stockpiled materials will also be responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
Prompt repair of any Storm damage shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR, at no cost to the OWNER.
1.9
EQUIPMENT FUELING AND MAINTENANCE
The CONTRACTOR shall fuel and maintain equipment in designated areas of the
site as directed by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and use
drip pans for the fueling of vehicles or equipment. Any fuel spills will be
immediately cleaned up, and the contaminated soil removed from the site by the
CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR's expense. The CONTRACTOR will not
be allowed to place a temporary fuel tank on site.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01035
Page 1 of 1
MODIFICATION PROCEEDURES
SECTION 01035
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1
GENERAL
1.10
SECTION INCLUDES
Field Orders.
Work Directive Changes.
Change Orders.
1.11
CHANGE PROCEDURES
OWNER will issue Field Orders for minor changes in the Work not involving an
adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time.
OWNER may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a
proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, a
change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any
overtime work required, and the period of time during which the requested price
will be considered valid. CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a Proposal
with estimate within 5 days.
CONTRACTOR may request a change by submitting a Proposal to OWNER,
describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work. Include a statement
describing the reason for the change, the effect on the Contract Price and Contract
Time, and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other
contractors in accordance with Section 00675 within the Project Manual. The
CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the work until an approved and fully
executed change order is received.
OWNER may issue a Work Change Directive for any change which, if not
processed expeditiously, might delay the Project. This is not a Change Order, but
only a directive to proceed with Work that may be included in a subsequent
Change Order.
Changes affecting Contract Price or Contract Time, resulting under paragraphs 1.2
B, C, and D of this Section, will be processed as a Change Order. Change orders
shall also list the number of additional days added to the construction schedule.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01035
Page 2 of 1
MODIFICATION PROCEEDURES
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01050
Page 1 of 2
FIELD ENGINEERING
SECTION 01050
FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
General requirements for survey work to be performed by CONTRACTOR to
layout Work under this Contract.
Before commencing any surveys, CONTRACTOR will give OWNER
two working days advance notice so that OWNER may witness such work.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS:
Section 01025 - Measurement and Payment.
1.3
DESCRIPTION
Reference points: Reference points to be provided by OWNER pursuant to the
General Conditions will include referenced monuments and elevation benchmarks
in the vicinity of the Project. If displaced by CONTRACTOR, replacement of
these reference points will be at the expense of CONTRACTOR. All surveys for
record drawings shall tie to a minimum of three of these reference points and shall
use the site coordinate system previously established by the OWNER’s survey and
utilized in the design Drawings.
CONTRACTOR will furnish all necessary detail surveys including all lines,
grades, and elevation appropriate to control construction. At a minimum,
construction surveys are required for top of subgrade and top of final surface.
Use by OWNER: OWNER may at any time use line and grade points and markers
established by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR's surveys are a part of the Work
and may be checked by OWNER at any time. CONTRACTOR is responsible for
any lines, grades, or measurements which do not comply with specified or proper
tolerances, or which are otherwise defective, and for any resultant defects in the
Work. CONTRACTOR will be required to conduct re-surveys or check surveys
to correct errors indicated by review of the field notebooks or otherwise detected.
1.4
SURVEYS FOR MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT
When the Specifications or OWNER require Bid Schedule items of work to be
measured by surveying methods, CONTRACTOR will perform the surveys. All
such surveys, including control surveys for establishing the measurement
reference lines, will be performed by a duly qualified and licensed surveyor in the
presence of CONTRACTOR who will provide notice so OWNER may witness
the surveying operation. OWNER may independently check calculations of final
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01050
Page 2 of 2
FIELD ENGINEERING
quantities for payment purposes. A duplicate of the note reductions and
calculations will be given to OWNER. All calculated quantities shall be certified
by surveyor as to accuracy.
1.5
SURVEYING ACCURACY AND TOLERANCES IN SETTING OF SURVEY
STAKES
Perform control traverse field surveys and computations to an accuracy of at least
1:10,000.
The tolerances applicable in setting survey stakes are as set forth below. Such
tolerances cannot supersede stricter tolerances required by the Drawings or
Specifications, and cannot otherwise relieve the CONTRACTOR of
responsibility for measurements in compliance therewith.
Type of Mark
Horizontal Position
Elevation
Permanent reference points
1 in 10,000
±.01 ft.
General excavation and
earthwork
1 in 2,000
±.10 ft.
Tolerances for designed thickness shown on Drawings and for elevations shown
on the Drawings are ±0.10 foot unless otherwise specified.
Surveyor must be licensed in the State of Arizona.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01052
Page 1 of 5
LAYOUT OF WORK AND SURVEYS
SECTION 01052
LAYOUT OF WORK AND SURVEYS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
Section includes requirements for survey work to be provided by the
CONTRACTOR for the following:
Setting offset stakes, slope stakes, and grade stakes for field layout of features for
performance of the Work.
Surveys for measurement of quantities for payment.
Record Drawings.
1.2
DESCRIPTION
Reference Points. The reference points provided by the OWNER include
monuments and elevation bench marks in the vicinity of the Project. If displaced
during the project, replacement of these reference points will be at the expense of
the CONTRACTOR. All surveys for record drawings shall tie to a minimum of
three of these reference points and shall use the site coordinate system previously
established by the OWNER’s survey and utilized in the Design Plan Drawings.
The OWNER reserves the right to perform any desired checking and correction of
the CONTRACTOR’s layout work relative to OWNER's surveys but this does not
relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for adequate performance of their
Work.
Equipment and Personnel. Provide instruments and other survey equipment that
are accurate, suitable for the surveys required in accordance with recognized
professional standards, and in proper condition and adjustment at all times.
Perform surveys under the direct supervision of a licensed surveyor.
Field Notes and Records. Record surveys in field notebooks.
Use by the OWNER. The OWNER may at any time use line and grade points and
markers established by the OWNER or CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR’s
surveys are a part of the Work and may be checked by the OWNER or
representatives of the OWNER at any time.
1.3
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01025 – Measurement and Payment
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01052
Page 2 of 5
LAYOUT OF WORK AND SURVEYS
Section 01050 – Field Engineering
1.4
SURVEYS FOR LAYOUT AND PERFORMANCE OF WORK
CONTRACTOR will perform all surveys for layout of the Work, reduce the field
notes, make necessary calculations, and prepare drawings necessary to carry out
such work. CONTRACTOR’s layout work will include the following:
1.
Slope staking for excavations at 25-foot grid, and grade breaks.
2.
Blue top for subgrade at 25-foot grid and grade breaks.
3.
All as-built surveys specified in Section 01052.
4.
Surveys to measure completed units of work specified in
Section 01025.
CONTRACTOR must perform all additional slope staking, off-setting and other
control staking necessary to perform the Work.
1.5
SURVEYS FOR RECORD DRAWINGS AND MEASUREMENT FOR
PAYMENT
When the Specifications require items of work to be measured by surveying
methods, the CONTRACTOR will perform the surveys and perform necessary
calculations to determine payment quantities. The ENGINEER may perform
independent checks.
Items requiring surveys for determining pay quantities are given in Section 01025,
Measurement and Payment.
The Surveyor shall prepare drawings for each layer of the lining system (subgrade,
top of compacted soil, and top of protective soil layer). Points shall provide a
comparison of the design elevation against the actual elevation at each point.
Points shall be established on a 50-foot maximum grid. Additionally, points shall
be established at major changes in grade, changes in alignment, along flow lines,
and at any specific points shown in the Drawings. The difference in design versus
constructed elevation for each point shall not exceed the tolerance described in
Section 01050 paragraph 1.5.
Provide the OWNER with Record (As-Built) Drawings. Separate and distinct
sheets shall be provided depicting existing conditions, top of subgrade/finished
earth surface, top of containment system, and top of protective cover. Sheets shall
include the following items:
1.
Topography that depicts North Cell (NC) Earthwork grading at the start
of construction and following excavation and fills. In the event the
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01052
Page 3 of 5
LAYOUT OF WORK AND SURVEYS
CONTRACTOR must excavate below the design subgrade as required
by these specifications or to remove unsuitable material (at the direction
and approval of the ENGINEER or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall
provide as-built survey of the final excavated limits and grades, the
limits of fill and grades after placement of engineered fill to establish
subgrade and the final grade.
2.
Staking points, grade breaks and limit lines of earthwork as
shown in the Design Drawings.
3.
Staking points, grade breaks and limits of liner as shown in the
Design Drawings. Where not coincident, limits shall be provided for
geomembrane, GCL, and geotextile, including anchor trench alignment
and temporary liner terminations (special attention to be given to
specific as-built points as required in the Construction Drawings).
4.
Staking points, grade breaks and limits of operations layer as
shown in the Design Drawings.
5.
Limits and Grades of earthwork in the termination berm.
Include staking points, grade breaks, and points of change in surface
material.
6.
Miscellaneous Items - CONTRACTOR’S Surveyor shall
include the following as-built information on one of the sheets identified
above (as appropriate) or shall provide additional sheets, as needed. The
specific sheet for each element shall be as approved by the OWNER.
Location, invert elevations, and alignment of buried utilities and buried
culverts, including leachate collection piping.
Initial and finish grades for storm water control features.
Limits of temporary or permanent access roads.
Subgrade and finished grade of temporary or permanent access roads.
Stockpile limits and grades (pre- and post-construction).
Final site as-builts showing contours and any other miscellaneous
constructions including fence, wells, probes, electrical, etc.
OWNER-provided reference points shall be shown on all applicable as-built
drawing sheets.
Surveyor shall provide a Text/ASCII file containing all collected as-built
locations. As-built drawings shall depict all collected locations with an associated
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01052
Page 4 of 5
LAYOUT OF WORK AND SURVEYS
point reference number such that points in the provided Text/ASCII file can be
referenced on the drawings.
Surveyor shall submit certified top of subgrade as-built point drawings within 2
days of completion of the subgrade. Where applicable, Surveyor shall provide
certified top of compacted soil as-built point drawings within 2 days of
completion of this layer. These submittals must be approved by the OWNER
before installation of the next liner component begins. In order to avoid project
delays, the Surveyor may provide submittals for portions of each completed
surface for approval; however, a final consolidated drawing of each surface shall
be provided at the completion of each surface.
All final as-built topographic survey drawings are due within 10 days after
Substantial Completion date.
Provide sealed as-built survey drawings on a 22” x 34” bond print at same
horizontal and vertical scale, same coordinate system, same stationing, and same
orientation for each element as shown on the design drawings. Provide as-built
survey information and associated point data on the same datum and coordinate
basis as design drawings. All point data must have clear, easy to understand
descriptions. Provide all point data in Text/ASCII format, printed and on compact
disk (CD) or DVD along with list of descriptor abbreviations. All information
provided must be accompanied with a letter explaining what is being submitted
and a list of what information is given in each CD/DVD. Submit all survey
information of any layer to the OWNER before that layer is covered.
Surveyor shall provide all drawings in electronic format. Provide information in
AutoCAD 2018 or higher format in accordance with OWNER’S drafting
standards. Surveyor shall also provide documents in Adobe .pdf format.
Submit survey information for items listed above to the OWNER before the items
are covered.
Provide surveys to measure the following items:
1.
Volume of Excavation;
2.
Volume of Engineered Fill;
3.
Volume of Unsuitable Material removed from the NC area
below the design subgrade and replaced with Engineered Fill;
4.
Area of Liner Subgrade Preparation;
5.
Volume of Operations Layer placement;
6.
Length of Anchor Trench (each type);
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01052
Page 5 of 5
LAYOUT OF WORK AND SURVEYS
7.
Length of Liner Tie-In (each type);
8.
Length of Liner Termination (each type);
9.
Area of GCL, HDPE Liner, Geocomposite and geotextile
placement. Area will be to the hinge point/limit of waste as shown on
the drawings only and will not include the material in the run-out or
anchor trench itself; and
10.
Length of HDPE Leachate Collection Drain and Risers, for each
material (perforated or solid).
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01200
Page 1 of 4
PROJECT MEETINGS
SECTION 01200
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
Representatives of CONTRACTOR, subcontractors, and suppliers attending
meetings must be authorized to act on behalf of organizations they represent.
1.2
PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
Meeting will be held at a location selected by OWNER.
Attendance:
1.
CONTRACTOR's Office Representative.
2.
CONTRACTOR's On-Site Field Superintendent.
3.
Any Subcontractors or Supplier's representatives whom
CONTRACTOR may desire to invite or OWNER may request.
4.
ENGINEER's Representatives.
5.
OWNER's Representatives. (Includes Design ENGINEER and
CQA Personnel)
A suggested format would include, but not be limited to, the following subjects:
1.
Presentation of a proposed construction progress schedule and
submittals as required by the Contract Documents.
2.
Required bonds and insurance certifications prior to Notice to
Proceed.
3.
Liquidated Damages.
4.
Procedures for handling submittals.
5.
Direction of correspondence, and coordinating responsibility
between CONTRACTOR and OWNER.
6.
Request or scheduling of a weekly job meeting for all involved.
7.
Laboratory testing of construction materials.
8.
Applications for payment, and progress payment procedures.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01200
Page 2 of 4
PROJECT MEETINGS
9.
Change Order procedures.
10.
OWNER's site regulations.
The meeting will be documented by the OWNER or person designated by the
OWNER. Copies of the minutes and relevant documents will be provided to all
parties.
1.3
WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETINGS
OWNER’S Representative will schedule and administer progress meetings at a
minimum of once per week and such additional meetings as required, or as
requested by OWNER.
Attendance:
1.
OWNER’S Representative.
2.
ENGINEER, if requested by OWNER’S Representative.
3.
CQA Officer
4.
CONTRACTOR's superintendent.
5.
Subcontractors as appropriate to agenda.
6.
Suppliers as appropriate to agenda.
Meeting requirements:
1.
OWNER’S Representative will administer the following general
requirements for progress meetings:
Prepare agenda for meetings.
Make physical arrangements for meetings.
Preside at meetings.
Record significant proceedings and decisions of meeting.
Reproduce and distribute copies of meeting record within seven days after
each meeting to participants in meeting and to parties affected by decisions
made at meeting. Furnish one copy of minutes to participants. Revise and
distribute revisions to meeting minutes as necessary.
2.
CONTRACTOR will administer the following general
requirements for progress meetings:
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01200
Page 3 of 4
PROJECT MEETINGS
Review meeting minutes and provide comments to OWNER’s representative
prior to the next meeting.
Provide information to the OWNER’s representative required for the meeting
agenda such as progress quantities, fuel usage and water usage records.
Suggested Agenda:
1.
Review of safety and any related issues or incidents since last
meeting.
2.
Review and approval of record of previous meeting.
3.
Review of Work progress since previous meeting.
4.
Field observations, problems, and conflicts.
5.
Problems which impede Work Schedule.
6.
Review of off-site delivery schedules.
7.
Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected
schedule if a review of the schedule deems it necessary.
8.
Revisions to Construction Progress Schedule.
9.
Coordination of schedules between contractors.
10.
Review submittal schedules; expedite as required.
11.
Maintenance of quality and safety standards.
12.
Pending changes and substitutions.
13.
Review proposed changes for effect on construction schedule
and completion date, and on other contracts of projects.
14.
Review of drawings and specifications that govern the next two
weeks of work.
15.
Review of bid item quantities relative to original estimates.
16.
Review and update of as-built drawings.
17.
Other business.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01200
Page 4 of 4
PROJECT MEETINGS
1.4
DAILY PROGRESS MEETINGS
An informal daily progress meeting will be held on-site at a convenient location.
At a minimum, this meeting will be attended by CONTRACTOR’s Project
Manager or Job Foreman. The purpose of this meeting is to:
1.
Safety – review status and issues, if any.
2.
Review scheduled work activities.
3.
Discuss problems and resolutions.
4.
Review test data.
5.
Discuss the CONTRACTOR's personnel and equipment traffic
patterns for the day.
6.
Review the previous day's activities and accomplishments.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01300
Page 1 of 4
SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Submittal procedures;
Construction progress schedules;
Proposed products list;
Shop drawings;
Product data;
Samples;
Manufacturers’ installation instructions;
Manufacturers' certificates; and
As-built documentation.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01310 - Construction Schedule
Section 01400 - Quality Control: Manufacturers' field services and reports.
Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Contract warranties, bonds, manufacturers'
certificates, and closeout submittals.
1.3
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Transmit each submittal with a transmittal form. Submittals shall be provided
electronically and be submitted to the OWNER and ENGINEER.
Sequentially number the transmittal form. For revised submittals add an
alphabetic suffix to the original number.
Identify Project, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing
and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate.
Apply CONTRACTOR’s stamp, signed or initialed certifying review, verification
of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01300
Page 2 of 4
SUBMITTALS
coordination of information, is in accordance with the requirements of the Work
and Contract Documents.
Schedule submittals to expedite review by the OWNER and delivery in the time
frame specified. Coordinate submission of related items.
Allow 7 calendar days review time for each submittal excluding delivery time to
and from the CONTRACTOR.
Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations
which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.
Provide space for CONTRACTOR, OWNER and/or OWNER’s Representative
review stamps.
If revisions and re-submittals are required, identify all changes made since
previous submission.
Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to
promptly report any inability to comply with provisions.
Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.
1.4
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
Submit initial schedule in duplicate within 5 days after date of Agreement.
Revise and resubmit as required but no less than every 7 days. The revised
schedule must show the original target schedule.
Submit revised schedules during weekly progress meetings. If revisions to the
schedule affect work by others, the OWNER must be notified two weeks prior to
the change. No changes may be initiated without the written approval of the
OWNER.
Submit a computer-generated schedule with separate line for each item of Work
or operation identifying first work day of each week.
Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate
stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the critical path, start, and
finish, float dates, and duration.
Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work at each
submission.
Indicate submittal dates and review periods required for shop drawings, product
data, samples, and product delivery dates, including those furnished by OWNER.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01300
Page 3 of 4
SUBMITTALS
1.5
PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST
Within 5 days after date of OWNER-CONTRACTOR Agreement, submit list of
major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and
model number of each product.
For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name,
model or catalog designation, and reference standards.
1.6
SHOP DRAWINGS
Submit the number of opaque reproductions which CONTRACTOR requires, plus
2 copies which will be retained by OWNER.
Shop Drawings: Submit for review. After review, produce copies and distribute
in accordance with the SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article above and for record
documents purposes described in Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT.
1.7
PRODUCT DATA
Submit the number of copies which the CONTRACTOR requires, plus submit an
electronic copy to the OWNER.
Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data.
Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this
Project.
After review, distribute in accordance with the Submittal Procedures article above
and
provide
copies
for
record
documents
described
in
Section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT.
1.8
SAMPLES
Submit a sample of any imported soil material that represents the specified
product(s). Samples must be submitted to the ENGINEER at least two weeks prior
to the start of construction and before any materials are delivered to the jobsite.
For the soil samples, submit each sample in an air-tight sealed bucket and provide
at least 50 pounds, unless otherwise stated in the individual specification sections.
Include identification on each sample including source identification and full
project information.
Submit the number of samples specified in individual specification sections. The
OWNER may retain all or a portion of each sample as a record of the submittal.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01300
Page 4 of 4
SUBMITTALS
1.9
MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
When specified in individual specification sections, submit two paper copies and
one electronic copy of instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation,
start-up, adjusting, and finishing to the OWNER.
Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and
special environmental criteria required for application or installation.
1.10
MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATES
When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturer’s
certificates in specified quantities.
Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements.
Submit supporting data, affidavits, certifications, and quality control testing.
Certificates must be specific to the material or product delivered to the site.
1.11
AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION
Perform and submit all record surveys necessary to show compliance with the
Drawings and Specifications.
Record and submit all red-line mark-ups showing changes to the Drawings,
Details, and Specifications.
Submit all results of testing performed during and in conjunction with
construction.
Submit all documentation as described in Section 01700 Contract Closeout.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01310
Page 1 of 5
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
SECTION 01310
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
PRELIMINARY WORK PLAN AND SCHEDULE
Prepare and submit at the pre-construction meeting, a Work Plan and construction
schedule.
The ENGINEER will review the preliminary Work Plan and construction schedule
prior to the commencement of construction activities.
The CONTRACTOR may be interviewed by the ENGINEER to determine the
CONTRACTOR’S understanding of the project, and ability to complete the work
in a timely and efficient manner.
Submit copy of Arizona Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (AZPDES) and
earthmoving permit at Pre-construction meeting.
1.2
CONTRACTOR’S WORK PLAN CONTENTS
Include with Work Plan a drawing detailing various work areas,
CONTRACTOR’S utilities, phasing of work, excavation, testing, and any other
information related to proposed operations.
Describe personnel, equipment, and procedures required to accomplish specific
items of work, including:
1.
Method of coordinating Subcontractors, if any, and maintaining
project schedule.
2.
Methods and routes for maintaining access to the Phase 1 landfill
area throughout Phase 2 liner construction, including coordination with
the OWNER, and moving and stockpiling materials on site. Include
detailed drawings showing haul routes and logistics.
3.
Methods for reducing or increasing the moisture content of wet
or dry soils prior to using them for constructing engineered fills during
construction.
4.
Methods and equipment for excavating, hauling, and placing
materials.
5.
Dewatering methods, equipment and schedules.
6.
Site drainage during construction.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01310
Page 2 of 5
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
7.
Methods and equipment for site clearing.
8.
Methods for erosion prevention and sediment control.
9.
Plans for maintaining as-built information.
10.
Health and Safety Plan.
11.
Project Schedule.
12.
List of Personnel and equipment.
13.
List of Subcontractors and Subconsultants.
14.
List and organizational chart of project personnel responsibility.
15.
Other information required in technical specifications.
16.
Emergency action plan and contacts’ telephone numbers.
17.
Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan, if
required based on quantity of petroleum products stored.
18.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
1.3
CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Prepare a critical path method (CPM) schedule as described in Section 01300.
Coordinate schedule with the OWNER for the OWNER supplied materials.
Coordinate schedule with Work Plan.
1.4
PROJECT MEETINGS
Construction Meetings:
1.
The ENGINEER will conduct construction meetings involving:
CONTRACTOR’s Project Manager.
CONTRACTOR’s Project Superintendent.
OWNER’s designated representative(s).
ENGINEER’s designated representative(s).
CONTRACTOR’s subcontractors as appropriate to the work in progress.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01310
Page 3 of 5
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
OWNER’s Construction Quality Assurance Consultant.
1.
Meetings will be conducted every week.
2.
The ENGINEER will take meeting minutes and submit copies
of meeting minutes to participants and designated recipients identified
at the Preconstruction Conference.
Corrections, additions, or deletions to the minutes shall be noted and
addressed at the following meeting.
1.
The ENGINEER will schedule meetings for most convenient
time frame.
2.
The ENGINEER will have available at each meeting full
chronological files of all previous meeting minutes.
3.
The CONTRACTOR shall have available at each meeting up-
to-date record drawings.
Pre-Installation Conferences:
1.
Coordinate and schedule with ENGINEER for each material, product,
or system specified. Conferences to be held prior to initiating
installation, but not more than two (2) weeks before scheduled initiation
of construction.
Conferences may be combined if installation schedule of multiple
components occurs with the same two (2) week interval.
Review manufacturers’ recommendations and Contract Documents
Specifications.
1.
CONTRACTOR’s Superintendent and individual who will
actually act as foreman of the installation crew (installer), if other than
the Superintendent, shall attend.
1.5
VIDEO RECORDING
Provide full access to OWNER or OWNER’s authorized representative to perform
video recording of construction activities, training sessions, start-up, trouble
shooting, etc.
1.6
CORRESPONDENCE
The CONTRACTOR shall provide a correspondence matrix identifying
requirements for submitting and sharing correspondence among the parties
involved in the Project.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01310
Page 4 of 5
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
1.7
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for negotiations of any waivers or alternate
arrangements required to enable transportation of materials to the site.
Maintain conditions of access road to site such that access is not hindered as the
result of construction-related deterioration.
1.8
PROJECT PHOTOGRAPHS
ENGINEER will provide digital photographs of construction process.
1.
Photographs will be provided with nomenclature and description
for easy identification of photo location and subject matter.
2.
Submit photographs in electronic format.
1.9
FINAL WORK PLAN
Resubmit the Work Plan to incorporate the information discussed during the pre-
construction meeting.
Work Plan and Schedule Revisions.
1.
Revise Work Plan as necessary to reflect changes in scope of
work, but no less than once per month.
2.
Show changes occurring since previous submittal.
Major changes in scope.
Activities modified since previous submittal.
Other identifiable changes.
3.
Submit to the ENGINEER.
1.10
DELAYS AND RECOVERY
If, at any time during Project, CONTRACTOR fails to complete an activity by its
latest scheduled completion date, CONTRACTOR must submit within two
working days a written statement as to how and when CONTRACTOR will
reorganize work force to return to current construction schedule.
Whenever it becomes apparent from progress evaluation and updated schedule
data that milestone completion dates and/or contract completion dates will not be
met, some or all of the following actions must be taken:
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01310
Page 5 of 5
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
1.
Increase construction staffing in such quantities and crafts to
substantially eliminate backlog of work.
2.
Increase number of working hours per shift, shifts per work day,
work days per week, or amount of construction equipment, or
combination of foregoing to substantially eliminate backlog of work.
3.
Reschedule
work
items
to
achieve
concurrence
of
accomplishment.
Under no circumstances will addition of equipment or construction forces,
increasing working hours or any other method, manner or procedure to return to
current Construction Progress Schedule be considered justification for contract
modification or treated as an acceleration.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 – EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01400
Page 1 of 3
QUALITY CONTROL
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Acceptance or quality assurance testing by OWNER.
Quality control testing by CONTRACTOR
Certificates of compliance.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01300 – Submittals.
1.3
SOURCE OF MATERIALS
CONTRACTOR must notify OWNER in writing of the sources from which it
proposes to obtain material requiring approval, certification, or testing. Such
notification must be made as soon as possible after award of Contract but no later
than 5 days after receipt of the Notice to Proceed.
1.4
ACCEPTANCE TESTING OR QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING
Acceptance testing is the testing of materials prior to their use in the Work and
also any testing deemed necessary by OWNER for acceptance of the completed
Work. OWNER will perform acceptance testing of materials and workmanship in
accordance with the Contract Documents and reserves the right to perform
additional testing at any time to determine conformance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
Acceptance testing by OWNER is not to be considered as a replacement for control
testing conducted by CONTRACTOR or a manufacturer producing materials for
CONTRACTOR. Acceptance testing will be at the expense of OWNER.
1.5
QUALITY CONTROL TESTING
Quality control testing is the testing of materials prior to their delivery from a
manufacturer, or during construction, such as geomembrane liner seam testing,
soil density testing, riprap gradation, and such other tests as are specified in the
various sections of the Specifications to ensure compliance with the Contract
Documents. CONTRACTOR must assume full responsibility for control testing
and give sufficient notice to OWNER to permit it to witness the tests. Control
testing is at the expense of CONTRACTOR and where specifically required,
performed by an independent testing firm.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01400
Page 2 of 3
QUALITY CONTROL
Submit the name, address, and qualifications, together with the scope of proposed
services, of the proposed testing firm(s) submit to OWNER for approval at least
5 days prior to the scheduled commencement of any work involving such testing.
Within five days after completion of testing performed by or for CONTRACTOR,
submit test results to OWNER. Identify test reports with the information
specified for samples in Section 01300 and additionally, the name and address of
the organization performing the test, and the date of the tests.
Quality Control testing performed under this section is primarily intended to allow
the CONTRACTOR to determine that manufacturing and construction
techniques are sufficient to provide a work product that is fully compliant with
these specifications. It is independent from Quality Assurance testing, which is
performed by the CQA organization, and which is primarily intended to confirm
that the work product, as constructed, conforms to the specifications. The
CONTRACTOR may need to perform Quality Control testing at frequencies
greater than those specified in various sections of the specifications, or for items
for which no Quality Control testing is specified, if, in their opinion, such testing
is necessary to determine that their methods are sufficient to construct a compliant
work product.
No separate payment will be made for Quality Control testing performed per this
subpart. The cost for Quality Control testing is incidental to the unit price bid for
each applicable bid item.
1.6
CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE
CONTRACTOR may use certificates of compliance for certain materials and
products in lieu of the specified sampling and testing procedures. Submit
certificates required to demonstrate proof of materials compliance with
specification requirements. Submit certificates in duplicate with each lot of
material delivered to the Work or prior to delivery as required by the Contract.
The lots so certified must be clearly identified by the certificate. Certificates must
be signed by an authorized representative of the producer or manufacturer, and
state that the material complies in all respects with the requirements of the Contract
Documents. In the case of multiple shipments, each shipment must be
accompanied or preceded by a Certificate of Compliance.
The Certificate of Compliance must be accompanied by a certified copy of tests
results or state that such test results are on file with the producer or manufacturer
and must be furnished to OWNER on request. The certificate must give the
information specified for samples in Section 01300, the name and address of the
organization performing the tests, the date of the tests, and the quantity of material
shipped.
Materials used on the basis of a Certificate of Compliance may be sampled and
tested at any time. The fact that material is used on the basis of a Certificate of
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01400
Page 3 of 3
QUALITY CONTROL
Compliance does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for incorporating
material in the Work which conforms to the requirements of the Contract. Any
such material not conforming to such requirements will be subject to rejection,
whether in place or not.
OWNER reserves the right to refuse to permit the use of certain materials on the
basis of a Certificate of Compliance.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01500
Page 1 of 6
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Construction facilities required for the construction of the permanent facilities
specified under the Scope of Work of this Contract.
Construction facilities include furnishing of all equipment, materials, tools,
accessories, incidentals, labor, and performing all work for the installation of
equipment and for construction of facilities, including their maintenance,
operation, and removal, if required, at the completion of the Work under the
Contract. The work under this section is incidental to the unit price bid item for
excavation.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01560 - Temporary Controls.
1.3
DEFINITION
Construction facilities include, but are not be limited to, the following temporary
offices, utilities, equipment, materials, facilities, areas, and services:
1.
Field Office;
2.
Parking Areas;
3.
Temporary Roads;
4.
Storage of Materials and Equipment;
5.
Construction Equipment;
6.
Temporary Sanitary Facilities;
7.
Temporary Electric Power;
8.
Temporary Water;
9.
First Aid Facilities; and
10.
Security.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01500
Page 2 of 6
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
1.4
REFERENCES
Construct/install, maintain and operate construction facilities in accordance with
the applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations.
1.5
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CONTRACTOR is responsible for furnishing, installing, constructing, operating,
maintaining, removing and disposing of the construction related facilities, as
specified in this Specification, and as required by OWNER for the completion of
the Work under the Contract.
Locate and maintain construction facilities in a clean, safe and sanitary condition
at all times until completion of the Contract.
The requirements specified herein are in addition to any requirements specified
elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Construction facilities must meet the
requirements for all-weather service.
Minimize land disturbances related to the construction facilities to the greatest
extent possible and restore land to the extent reasonable and practical, to its
original contours by grading to provide positive drainage and by seeding the area
to match with existing vegetation, or as specified elsewhere. All debris or other
disturbances resulting from the CONTRACTOR’s actions shall be removed by the
CONTRACTOR to the satisfaction of the OWNER.
Design and construct utilities to provide uninterrupted service.
1.6
DUST CONTROL
Dust control is absolutely critical on this project. Due to residences and institutions
in close proximity to this landfill, its operations are under public scrutiny at all
times. Under Maricopa County's requirements for an Earthmoving Permit, the
CONTRACTOR must place a sign for public viewing, with a telephone number
that can be used by the public to make complaints to the Maricopa County
Environmental Services Department. Such a call will result in a visit to the site by
the County Dust Enforcement personnel and may result in a Notice of Violation.
Notices of Violation are issued to the holder of the Earthmoving Permit (the
CONTRACTOR), but they reflect unfavorably on the OWNER.
The CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to spend as much time as required to keep
dust controlled in accordance with regulatory requirements. The air contaminant
emission at the work area shall not exceed 20 percent opacity during the contract
period. Local regulatory requirements may be more stringent than the maximum
allowable stated above. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for identifying and
complying with all applicable regulatory levels. If dust clouds can be seen by the
naked eye. rising from the operation, the CONTRACTOR is in violation of these
specifications. If the CONTRACTOR fails to provide the necessary dust control,
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01500
Page 3 of 6
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
to the ENGINEER's satisfaction, the project will be shut down, at the
CONTRACTOR's expense, until the CONTRACTOR presents satisfactory
evidence to the ENGINEER that they can continue work and prevent dust as
required.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide continuous positive methods and apply dust
control water to prevent rising dust from construction operations, and provide
positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere.
Chemical dust suppressant shall not be used. Dust suppressants shall be approved
by the ENGINEER prior to use.
1.7
NOISE CONTROL
CONTRACTOR's vehicles and equipment shall be such as to minimize noise to
the greatest degree practicable. Noise levels shall conform to the latest OSHA
standards and in no case will noise levels be permitted which interfere with the
Work of the OWNER or others.
1.8
FIELD OFFICE
A. CONTRACTOR may provide an office for their own staff and for the purpose of
conducting meetings in support of the project. If provided, then the office shall have
electricity and air conditioning sufficient to comfortably conduct productive meetings.
B. The location of the office must be approved by OWNER.
1.9
PARKING AREAS
OWNER will provide parking area for maintenance and delivery vehicles, the
OWNER's, ENGINEER's, and CONTRACTOR's representatives, and other
authorized visitors.
1.10
TEMPORARY ROADS
A. General.
1.
Temporary roads are existing roads that are improved, or new
roads
constructed
by
CONTRACTOR
for
convenience
of
CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under the Contract.
2.
Coordinate construction with OWNER.
3.
If applicable, coordinate all road construction activities with
local utilities, fire and police departments.
4.
Keep erosion to a minimum and maintain suitable grade and
radii of curves to facilitate ease of movement of vehicles and equipment.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01500
Page 4 of 6
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
5.
Furnish and install longitudinal and cross drainage facilities
including, but not limited to, the ditches, structures, pipes and the like.
6.
Clean equipment so that mud or dirt is not carried onto public
roads. Clean any mud or dirt transported by equipment onto paved roads
both on site and off site.
1.11
STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Make arrangements for storage areas for materials and equipment. Locations and
configurations of such facilities are subject to the acceptance of OWNER.
Confine all operations, including storage of materials, to approved area.
CONTRACTOR is liable for any and all damage caused during such use of
property of the OWNER or others. Store materials in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions when applicable.
Store construction materials and equipment within boundaries of designated areas.
Storage of gasoline or similar fuels must conform to federal, state, and local
regulations and be limited to the areas approved for this purpose by the OWNER.
1.12
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
Erect, equip, and maintain all construction equipment in accordance with all
applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of OWNER or other
authority having jurisdiction.
Provide and maintain scaffolding, staging, runways, hoists, barricades, and similar
equipment required for performance of the Contract. Provide hoists or similar
equipment with operators and signals, as required.
Provide, maintain, and remove upon completion of the Work, all temporary
rigging, scaffolding, hoisting equipment, debris boxes, barricades around
openings and excavations, fences, ladders, and all other temporary work, as
required for all work hereunder unless otherwise directed by OWNER.
Construction equipment and temporary work must conform to all the requirements
of state, county, local authorities, OSHA, and underwriters which pertain to
operation, safety, and fire hazard. Furnish and install all items necessary for
conformity with such requirements, whether or not called for under separate
sections of these Specifications.
1.13
TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
Provide temporary sanitary facilities for use by all employees and persons engaged
in the work, including subcontractors, their employees and authorized visitors.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01500
Page 5 of 6
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
Sanitary facilities include enclosed chemical toilets and washing facilities. These
facilities must meet the requirements of local public health standards. Open pit
or trench latrines are not permitted.
Locate sanitary facilities as approved by OWNER, and maintain in a sanitary
condition during the entire course of the work.
1.14
TEMPORARY ELECTRIC POWER
Provide and maintain during the course and progress of the Work all electrical
power and wiring requirements to facilitate the work of all trades and services
associated with the work. Make arrangements with the applicable serving utility
company or provide generators and pay all charges for providing and maintaining
electrical service including usage costs at the site unless otherwise approved by
the OWNER. Furnish all temporary wiring, feeders, and connections.
Routing of temporary conductors, including welding leads, must not create a safety
hazard nor interfere with operation and maintenance of existing facilities.
Install all temporary wiring in accordance with the applicable requirements of the
local electrical code.
Provide power and lighting to field office, and for Work as required, at no extra
cost to OWNER.
1.15
TEMPORARY WATER
Potable water is not available on-site. CONTRACTOR must supply their own
potable water for employees. For construction water, refer to Section 01010.
Make all arrangements for water needs from an off-site supplier for emergencies.
1.16
FIRST AID FACILITIES
Provide first aid equipment and supplies to serve all CONTRACTOR personnel at
the site.
1.17
SECURITY
Make all necessary provisions and be responsible for the security of the Work and
the site until final inspection and acceptance of the Work unless otherwise
approved by the OWNER. In no case shall the OWNER be responsible for the
security of the CONTRACTOR’s supplies, property, or equipment.
1.18
SHUT-DOWN TIME OF SERVICES
Do not disconnect or shut down any part of existing utilities and services, except
by express permission of OWNER.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01500
Page 6 of 6
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
1.19
MAINTENANCE
Maintain all construction facilities, utilities, temporary roads, services to office,
and the like in good working condition as required by OWNER during the term of
the Contract.
1.20
STATUS AT COMPLETION
Upon completion of the Work, or prior thereto, when so required by OWNER:
1.
Repair damage to roads caused by or resulting from the
CONTRACTOR's work.
2.
Remove and dispose of all construction facilities including
office trailers, and other facilities and utilities including all concrete
foundations. Similarly, return all areas utilized for temporary facilities
to substantially their near original, natural state, or as otherwise
indicated or directed.
Obliterate temporary roads built for CONTRACTOR's convenience and restore
the area to near original conditions to the extent practicable unless otherwise
approved by the OWNER.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01560
Page 1 of 4
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
SECTION 01560
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Temporary controls required during the term of the Contract for the protection of
the environment and the health and safety of workers and general public.
Furnishing all equipment, materials, tools, accessories, incidentals, and labor, and
performing all work for the installation of equipment and construction of facilities,
including their maintenance and operation during the term of the Contract.
Temporary controls include, but are not limited, to the following:
1.
Dust Control
2.
Pollution Control
3.
Traffic and Safety Controls
Perform work as specified in this Specification and as required by OWNER.
Maintain equipment and accessories in clean, safe and sanitary condition at all
times until completion of the Contract.
1.1
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01500 — Construction Facilities.
1.2
DUST CONTROL
The CONTRACTOR shall obtain a Maricopa County Earthmoving Permit and a
project sign shall be placed at a conspicuous place in the project area. The sign
shall contain the following information:
CITY OF GLENDALE
GLENDALE LANDFILL
Responsible Project Individuals:
Contact, Joe CONTRACTOR (NNN-NNN-NNNN)
DUST COMPLAINTS?
Call the Maricopa County Environmental Services Department Complaint
Phone Line at: (602) 506-6616
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01560
Page 2 of 4
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
The sign shall be a minimum of 4 feet wide and 4 feet high, white with black 4-
inch high block letters, on ¾-inch smooth faced exterior plywood. The
CONTRACTOR shall maintain the sign in its original condition for the length of
the project.
1.
Copies of these permits and notices must be provided to the
City’s Project Manager prior to starting the permitted activity.
2.
CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY – The CONTRACTOR
will be responsible for all permits and review fees. The
CONTRACTOR
shall
arrange
for
construction
water.
The
CONTRACTOR is specifically reminded of the need to obtain the
necessary environmental permits or file the necessary environmental
notices. This provision does not constitute an assumption by the City
of an obligation of any kind for violation of said permit or notice
requirements.
3.
Dust control consists of transporting water, furnishing required
equipment, additives, accessories and incidentals, carrying out proper
and efficient measures wherever and as often as necessary to reduce dust
nuisance, and to prevent dust originating from construction operations
throughout the duration of the Contract, as required by OWNER.
4.
Apply water by means of pressure-type distributors or pipelines
equipped with a spray system or hoses with nozzles that will insure a
uniform application of water.
5.
Provide all equipment used for the application of water with a
positive means of shut-off.
6.
Unless otherwise permitted by OWNER or unless all the water
is applied by means of pipelines, provide at least one operations mobile
unit with a minimum capacity of 3,500 gallons for applying water at the
site during construction.
1.3
POLLUTION CONTROL
Erosion Control: Control sediment transport on sloped surfaces. Submit a NOI as
required by AZDPES regulations. CONTRACTOR shall maintain and implement
a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) which complies with all
requirements of the applicable stormwater AZDPES permit for construction
activities.
Pollution of Waterways: Perform work using methods that prevent entrance or
accidental spillage of solid or liquid matter, contaminants, debris and other
objectionable pollutants and wastes into streams, watercourses, flowing or dry,
and underground water sources. Such pollutants and wastes will include, but will
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01560
Page 3 of 4
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
not be restricted to refuse, earth and earth products, garbage, cement, concrete,
sewage effluent, industrial waste, radioactive substances, hazardous chemicals, oil
and other petroleum products, aggregate processing tailings, and mineral salts.
Dispose of pollutants and wastes in accordance with applicable permit provisions
or in a manner acceptable to and approved by the OWNER.
Storage and Disposal of Petroleum Products:
1.
Petroleum products covered by this section include gasoline,
diesel fuel, lubricants, heating oils, and refined and used oil. During
project construction, store all petroleum products in such a way as to
prevent contamination of all ground and surface waters.
2.
Lubricating oil may be brought into the project area in steel
drums or other means, as CONTRACTOR elects. Store used lubricating
oil in steel drums, or other approved means, and return to the supplier
for disposal. Do not burn or otherwise dispose of at the project area.
3.
If the total capacity volume of stored petroleum products is
greater than 1,320 gallons in total and these products are stored above
ground, CONTRACTOR shall prepare and adhere to a Spill Prevention
Control and Countermeasure Plan (SPCC Plan) in accordance with
applicable EPA and other state regulations.
All chemicals stored on-site must be appropriately labeled as to its content and
hazard rating.
1.4
TRAFFIC AND SAFETY CONTROLS
A.
Use existing haul roads between excavation location and stockpile location. Avoid
crossing roads used by the public as part of landfill operations.
B.
Post construction areas and roads with traffic control signs or devices used for
protection of workmen, the public and equipment. The signs or devices must
conform to the United States Department of Transportation, Federal Highway
Administration, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) for Streets
and Highways.
C.
Remove signs or traffic control devices as soon as they have served their purpose.
It is particularly important to remove any markings on road surfaces which under
conditions of poor visibility could cause a driver to turn off the road or into traffic
moving in the opposite direction.
D.
Barricades for protection of employees must conform to the portions of the U.S.
Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, relating to barricades.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01560
Page 4 of 4
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
E.
Material Haul on Public Roads: Follow all requirements stated in the permits for
using public roads for hauling materials to the site.
F.
Provide flag persons, properly equipped with International Orange or High-
Visibility Yellow protective clothing and flags, as necessary, to direct or divert
pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
G.
Construct and maintain fences, planking, barricades, lights, shoring, and warning
signs as required by local authorities, federal and state safety ordinances, and as
required to protect OWNER's property from injury or loss, and as necessary for the
protection of the public, and provide walks around any obstructions made in a
public place for carrying on the Work covered in this Contract. Leave all such
protection in place and maintained until removal is authorized.
H.
Guard and protect all workers, pedestrians, and the public from excavations,
blasting operations, construction equipment, all obstructions, and other dangerous
items or areas by means of adequate railings, guard rails, temporary walks,
barricades, warning signs, sirens, directional signs, overhead protection, planking,
decking, danger lights, etc.
1.5
MAINTENANCE
Maintain all temporary controls in good working conditions during the term of the
Contract for the safe and efficient transport of equipment and supplies, and for
construction of permanent works, as required by OWNER.
1.6
STATUS AT COMPLETION
Upon completion of the Work, or prior thereto, when so required by OWNER,
remove all temporary controls and restore disturbed areas as required by OWNER.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01600
Page 1 of 2
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Products.
Transportation and handling.
Storage and protection.
1.2
PRODUCTS
Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and
systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for
preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also
include existing materials or components required for reuse.
Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises, except as
specifically permitted by the Contract Documents.
Provide interchangeable components of the same manufacturer, for similar
components.
1.3
TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements,
quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.
Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent
soiling, disfigurement, and/or damage.
Any damaged materials, whether as originally shipped or as a result of handling,
shall be replaced at no additional cost to the OWNER and with no extension of
contract time.
1.4
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with
seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight,
climate controlled enclosures.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01600
Page 2 of 2
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
For exterior storage of fabricated products, place aboveground on sloped supports,
if in accord with manufacturer’s handling instructions.
Place delivered GCL material rolls on storage pad without damaging the protective
wrap around each roll and cover with a CONTRACTOR-supplied watertight tarp
to provide sufficient protection from weather conditions including rain and wind.
Ballast tarp with sandbags or approved equal to prevent wind uplift.
Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage
or protection.
Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide
ventilation to avoid condensation.
Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area.
Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement, or damage.
Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect
to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions.
Any products that become damaged during storage shall be replaced at no
additional cost to the OWNER and with no extension of contract time.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01630
Page 1 of 2
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND
SUBSTITUTIONS
SECTION 01630
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
This Section describes CONTRACTOR procedures for securing approval of
proposed product options and substitutions.
1.2
PRODUCT OPTIONS
The Contract is based on standards of quality established in the Contract
Documents.
1.
In agreeing to the terms and conditions of the Contract, the
CONTRACTOR has accepted a responsibility to verify that the
specified products will be available and to place orders for all required
materials in such a timely manner as is needed to meet the agreed upon
construction schedule.
2.
The OWNER does not agree to the substitution of materials or
methods called for in the Contract Documents, except as they may
specifically otherwise state in writing.
Materials and/or methods specified by name:
1.
Where materials and/or methods are specified by naming one
single manufacturer and/or model number, without stating that equal
products will be considered, only the material and/or method named is
approved for incorporation into the Work.
2.
Should the CONTRACTOR demonstrate to the approval of the
OWNER that a specified material or method was ordered in a timely
manner and will not be available in time for incorporation into this
Work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER such data on
proposed substitute materials and/or methods as are needed to help the
OWNER determine suitability of the proposed substitution.
Where materials and/or methods are specified by name and/or model number,
followed by the words "or an equal approved in advance by the OWNER" or
similar wording:
1.
The material and/or method specified by name establishes the
required standard of quality;
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01630
Page 2 of 2
PRODUCT OPTIONS AND
SUBSTITUTIONS
2.
Materials and/or methods proposed by the CONTRACTOR to
be used in lieu of materials and/or methods so specified by name must
in all ways be equal or exceed the qualities of the named materials
and/or methods;
The following products do not require further approval except for interface within
the Work:
1.
Products specified by reference to standard specifications such
as ASTM International (ASTM) and similar standards;
2.
Products specified by manufacturer's name and catalog model
number.
Where the phrase "or equal," or "or equal as approved by the OWNER," occurs in
the Contract Documents, do not assume that the materials, equipment, or methods
will be approved as equal unless the item has been specifically so approved in
writing for this Work by the OWNER.
The decision of the OWNER shall be final.
1.3
DELAYS
Delays in construction arising by virtue of the non-availability of a specified
material and/or method will not be considered by the OWNER as justifying of an
extension of the agreed Time of Completion.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01700
Page 1 of 4
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Preparation, maintenance, completion, and submission of all project record
drawings, specifications and related documents.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 01300 — Submittals.
Section 01560 — Temporary Controls.
1.3
MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
Maintain at the job site one copy of the following Project or Contract Documents
for record purposes:
1.
Drawings;
2.
Specifications;
3.
Addenda;
4.
Change Orders and Work Change Directives;
5.
Field Orders;
6.
Reviewed Shop Drawings;
7.
Clarifications or Explanatory Drawings and Specifications;
8.
Inspection Reports;
9.
Laboratory Test Records; and
10.
Field Test Records.
Store documents used for record purposes in the field office or other approved
location, apart from documents used for construction.
File documents in accordance with the Construction Specification sections.
Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01700
Page 2 of 4
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Do not use record documents for construction purposes.
Make documents available at all times for inspection by the OWNER and their
authorized representatives.
1.4
RECORD DRAWINGS
Project Drawings:
1.
Maintain record drawings of all work and subcontracts
continuously as the job progresses. Keep a separate set of prints, for
this purpose only and at the job site at all times.
2.
Keep these drawings up-to-date.
3.
During the course of construction identify on the drawings, the
actual locations for all runs of mechanical and electrical work, including
all site utilities and services installed underground or otherwise
concealed. Show deviations from the drawings in detail. Locate all
main runs, whether piping, or drain lines by dimension and elevation.
4.
During the course of the construction record as-built information
outlined in Section 01052.
5.
Deliver the final and record set of "as-built" drawings to the
OWNER prior to the OWNER's acceptance of the Project. The final set
of as-built drawings shall be sealed by the CONTRACTOR’S surveyor
and provided to the OWNER in hard copy or PDF format and in an
electronic (AutoCAD .dwg) format.
Addenda and Change Orders:
1.
Incorporate changes to the Drawings affected by Addenda, Change
Orders, or Field Orders. Identify change by Addendum, Change Order,
or Field Order number and effective date.
2.
When revised drawings are issued as the basis of or along with
addenda or change order, incorporate these revised drawings into the
record set with appropriate annotation.
Shop Drawings:
1.
Collect and maintain one complete set of reviewed shop drawings,
including manufacturer's printed catalog cuts and data, for record
purposes.
2.
Shop drawings must be filed and maintained separate from
project drawings. Shop drawings must be filed in 9 inch by 12 inch file
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01700
Page 3 of 4
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
folders to the greatest extent possible and be indexed in accordance with
the format as herein specified.
1.5
RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
Project Specifications:
1.
Information, changes, and notes must be recorded in the specifications
in blank areas, such as page margins or the backs of opposite pages, or
on separate sheets inserted in the binder. All such information, changes,
and notes must be recorded in red.
2.
In each section, in an appropriate location, record the
manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product
and item of equipment actually installed.
3.
The record specifications book must be complete and include all
documents and forms listed under Bidding Requirements, Contract
Forms, Contract Conditions, and Specifications.
Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders
1.
All Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field
Orders must be incorporated into the front of the specifications book in
reverse chronological order. Use appropriate page dividers to identify
addenda, change orders, and to separate addenda from the
specifications.
2.
In addition, the changes to the specifications effected by
Addenda, Change Order, Work Change Directives, or Field Order must
be annotated on the affected page or pages of the specifications, or
adjacent thereto.
1.6
SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS
At completion of the project, and before submitting invoice for final payment,
deliver record documents to OWNER.
Record documents must be delivered neatly and efficiently packaged.
Submission of record documents must be accompanied with a transmittal letter, in
duplicate, containing the following information:
1.
Date of submission.
2.
Project title and number.
3.
CONTRACTOR's name and address.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 1
April 2024
Section 01700
Page 4 of 4
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
4.
Title and number of each record document. (Shop drawings may
be grouped in basic categories or divisions of work.)
5.
Certification that each document as submitted is complete and
accurate.
6.
Signature of CONTRACTOR or their authorized representative.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
DIVISION 2
SITEWORK
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02100
Page 1 of 2
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
SECTION 02100
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Clearing and stripping vegetation, grass and other organic material from project
construction areas.
Stockpile stripped material.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 02221 – Excavating and Stockpiling.
Section 02222 – Earth Fills.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
OWNER will provide CONTRACTOR with a copy of the approved landscaping
plans for the GLF development.
Verify that any existing plant life designated to remain is tagged and identified.
Verify plants to be salvaged are tagged or identified.
3.2
PROTECTION
Protect survey benchmarks from damage or displacement.
Protect existing utilities in the work area.
3.3
STRIPPING FOR LANDFILL CELL
Strip vegetation, roots, organic soils, and other deleterious materials prior to
excavating.
Strip to a maximum depth of 6 inches below existing ground surface.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02100
Page 2 of 2
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
CONTRACTOR to haul all stripped material to the landfill working face and
placed for disposal unless approved otherwise by the OWNER.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02221
Page 1 of 3
EXCAVATING AND STOCKPILING
SECTION 02221
EXCAVATING AND STOCKPILING
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
WORK INCLUDED
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, supervision, and
equipment necessary for excavating to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings
and as specified herein.
The CONTRACTOR shall construct all NC excavation as shown on the Drawings.
CONTRACTOR shall transport all excavated materials and stockpile these
materials at the stockpile location area as indicated on Drawings, or as designated
by OWNER.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 02222 – Earth Fills.
Section 02223 – Subgrade Preparation.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1
ENGINEERED FILL
Soil meeting requirements of Section 02222, Part 2.1.
2.2
GENERAL FILL
Soil meeting requirements of Section 02222, Part 2.2.
2.3
OPERATIONS LAYER
Soil meeting requirements of Section 02222, Part 2.3.
2.4
ANCHOR TRENCH BACKFILL
Soil meeting requirements of Section 02222, Part 2.4.
2.5
SURPLUS SOILS
Remaining soils excavated.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02221
Page 2 of 3
EXCAVATING AND STOCKPILING
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
Establish required lines, levels, contours, and datum by construction staking.
Notify utility company to locate utilities, if applicable.
Provide for dust control including applicable permits.
Protect benchmarks and fences from excavation equipment and vehicular traffic.
Provide for dewatering as necessary for finish excavation and place fill.
Note that topography shown on Drawings may differ from topography at time of
construction. A pre-construction survey shall be performed by the
CONTRACTOR and provided to the OWNER to document site conditions prior
to starting work.
3.2
LANDFILL CELL AREA
Mass excavation of the NC area has been previously performed under separate
contract. Excavation work under this contract is finish excavation necessary to
establish final liner subgrades. Excavate soil as required to the lines, grades, and
elevations to construct the landfill cell subgrade. Excavate sufficient volume of
Phase 1 termination berm and sideslope operations soil to accomplish tie in to all
layers (drainage layer (as applicable), geomembrane, and GCL) as indicated on
the Drawings.
Machine grade slopes and base of landfill cell to design grades.
1.
Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from
draining into excavation.
2.
Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock from completed
subgrade elevation as necessary to comply with Section 02779.3.1 of
these specifications.
3.
Notify OWNER of unexpected subsurface conditions such as
significant sand lenses at or near subgrade surface and discontinue
affected work in area until notified to resume work.
4.
Correct areas over-excavated by placing engineered fill per
Section 02222, and as approved by the OWNER.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02221
Page 3 of 3
EXCAVATING AND STOCKPILING
5.
Place engineered fill per Section 02222.
6.
Selectively excavate engineered fill, operations layer, and
anchor trench backfill and stockpile near the project area.
7.
Haul remaining material, surplus soils, to stockpile(s)
designated on the Drawings or approved by OWNER.
3.3
SOIL STOCKPILING
Excavated soil not used for other fill operations shall be placed into the existing
stockpile in the northern portion of the North Cell.
Coordinate selective soil stockpiling with OWNER.
1.
Place soil such that maximum slope is 3H:1V, and minimum
slope is 5 percent.
2.
Placement and mass configuration of soil stockpiles shall be
performed at the direction of the OWNER.
3.
Provide uniform final graded surface for the soil stockpile(s).
4.
Provide erosion/sedimentation controls around perimeter of
stockpile per requirements of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP).
5.
Outboard slopes shall be continuously track-walked and
maintained in good appearance. Grouser marks should be used to
minimize erosion.
3.4
CONTRACT ALLOWANCE
Contract allowance items are provided for the purpose of encumbering funds to
cover the costs of possible contract amendment work. No work shall be conducted
under this contract allowance without prior approval by the ENGINEER. The
amount, if any, of the allowance item is determined by the ENGINEER and is not
subject to individual bid pricing. All bidders shall incorporate the amount pre-
entered in the bid proposal and shall reflect the same in the total amount bid for
this project.
This allowance item provides an estimated funding to cover unforeseen changes
that may be encountered and corresponding extra work needed to complete the
contract per plan. Unforeseen extra work, if any, shall be in accordance with the
Contract Amendment section of the General Conditions.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02221
Page 4 of 3
EXCAVATING AND STOCKPILING
It shall be understood that this allowance item in an estimate only and is based on
contract amendment history of similar projects. It shall not be utilized without an
approved contract amendment. It is further understood that authorized extra work,
if any, may be less than the allowance item. The CONTRACTOR, by submittal of
his bid, acknowledges that the total bid and individual items were prepared without
anticipation of use of the contract allowance.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02222
Page 1 of 8
EARTH FILLS
SECTION 02222
EARTH FILLS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Engineered Fill.
General Fill.
Operations Layer.
Backfill material for geosynthetics anchor trench.
1.
LCRS Trench Gravel
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 02221 – Excavating and Stockpiling.
Section 02223 –Subgrade Preparation.
1.3
REFERENCES
Latest ASTM Standards or other recognized agency standards at the time
construction documents are issued for the following items:
1.
Soil density, Sand Cone Method;
2.
Compaction Characteristics of Soil;
3.
Water content of Soil Aggregate Mixtures;
4.
Permeability;
5.
Soil Classification;
6.
Soil Moisture and Density by Nuclear Method;
7.
Particle Size Analysis of Soil;
8.
Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index; and
9.
Unified Soil Classification System (USCS).
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02222
Page 2 of 8
EARTH FILLS
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1
ENGINEERED FILL
Predominantly cohesionless or low-plastic soil obtained from on-site excavations
or stockpiles.
Free of organic material.
Maximum particle dimension: 3 inches, 1 inch for near surface material within 6
inches of the top of subgrade.
Free of excessive moisture.
2.2
GENERAL FILL
Predominantly cohesionless or low-plastic soil obtained from on-site excavations
or stockpiles.
Free of organic material.
Maximum particle dimension: 3 inches
Free of excessive moisture.
2.3
OPERATIONS LAYER
Operations layer material shall be obtained from on-site sources identified by the
OWNER.
Operations layer shall meet the following requirements:
1.
Maximum particle size of 1 inch.
2.
If placed immediately above geosynthetic liner materials on the
liner side slopes and benches, particles larger than ¼ inch shall be sub-
rounded to rounded, and free of sharp edges that could damage
underlying geomembrane liner.
2.4
ANCHOR TRENCH BACKFILL
Predominantly cohesionless or low-plastic soil obtained from on-site excavations.
Free of organic material.
Maximum particle size 1 inch.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02222
Page 3 of 8
EARTH FILLS
2.5
LCRS GRAVEL
Free of organic or other deleterious material.
Having a hydraulic conductivity of greater than or equal to 1 cm/sec when placed
in accordance with this section.
Material greater than ½ inch in largest dimension must be rounded to sub-angular
as defined in ASTM D2488.
Meeting the following gradation:
TABLE 02222-1
LCRS GRAVEL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
U.S. Sieve Size
Percent Passing
2-inch
100
1-1/2-inch
85-95
1-inch
50-85
3/4-inch
0 – 20
1/2 inch
0 – 10
#4
0 – 3
#40
0 – 3
#200
0 – 2
Gradation requirements are an index test. Gradation of materials below the 1-inch
dimension and above the #200 sieve can be modified if the hydraulic conductivity
requirements are met. If used around LCRS piping, rock must be of a gradation
such that D50 size is greater than ½-inch.
Using the following testing frequencies:
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02222
Page 4 of 8
EARTH FILLS
TABLE 02222-2
MATERIAL EVALUATION OF GRAVEL DRAINAGE MATERIAL
SOURCE EVALUATION TESTING FREQUENCIES
Test
Test Method
Frequency
Particle Size (Without Hydrometer)
ASTM D 422
1 Per 2,500 cy
Permeability Test >1 x10-2 cm/sec
ASTM D 2434
1 Per 2,500 cy
Notes:
1 Material changes, suspect areas, or other field conditions may require the engineer to increase testing and sampling
frequencies.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
ENGINEERED FILL PREPARATION
All subgrade for engineered fill shall be prepared in accordance with the
requirements of Section 02223, 3.1.
Begin engineered fill placement only when underlying subgrade has been accepted
by the OWNER.
Prior to placement of engineered fill verify that no substantial thickness of loose
or uncompacted soil is present in the fill area.
3.2
ENGINEERED FILL PLACEMENT
Place Engineered Fill to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings.
Place in loose lift thickness not exceeding 8 inches.
Unless a more stringent compaction requirement is specified on the drawings,
compact each lift to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction at a moisture
content from 4 percent below to 4 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM
D 698. Completed lifts of fill cannot yield under equipment loads.
Grade final surface to a vertical tolerance of 0.1 foot.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02222
Page 5 of 8
EARTH FILLS
3.3
GENERAL FILL PREPARATION
Begin General Fill placement only when underlying subgrade has been accepted
by the OWNER.
Prior to placement of General Fill, verify that no substantial thickness of loose or
uncompacted soil is present in the fill area.
3.4
GENERAL FILL PLACEMENT
Place General Fill to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings.
Place in loose lift thickness not exceeding 8 inches.
Compact each lift to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction at a moisture
content from 4 percent below to 4 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM
D 698. Completed lifts of fill cannot yield under equipment loads.
Grade final surface to a vertical tolerance of 0.1 foot.
3.7
OPERATIONS LAYER PREPARATION
Verify the liner and leachate collection layer is installed and all CQC and CQA
documentation verifies installation in accordance with these specifications.
Verify borrow source meets specified requirements of this section and has been
approved for use by the OWNER.
3.8
OPERATIONS LAYER PLACEMENT
Backfill and compact geosynthetics anchor trenches prior to placing operations
layer on side slopes.
Do not put any equipment on the operations layer unless there is a minimum of 12
inches of material covering the geomembrane. Minimum thickness may be greater
depending on the associated ground pressure for the specified placement
equipment as defined in Table 02222-3, below.
Place in a single lift to the thickness indicated on the drawings.
Place and grade material up slope, do not push material downslope.
Use as few passes as possible. There are no compaction requirements.
Place without damaging underlying installations.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02222
Page 6 of 8
EARTH FILLS
CONTRACTOR shall provide spotter to observe operations layer placement
operation. This spotter shall ensure that the placement operation is not inducing
folds or other damage in the underlying geosynthetics and that any oversized
particles in the operations layer material are picked out and hauled to an
appropriate stockpile location.
Do not exceed allowable ground pressure as specified below:
TABLE 02222-3
MAX. ALLOWABLE GROUND PRESSURE OVER
GEOSYNTHETICS
Allowable Equipment Ground
Pressure
(psi)
Thickness of Material Above
Geomembrane
(in.)
<5
12
<10
18
<20
24
>20
36
psi = Pounds per square inch; in = Inch
Construct haul routes over geomembrane having a minimum material thickness of
24 to 36 inches. The 24-inch minimum coverage includes the initial material
dumping and spreading areas, haul roads and stockpile areas that cover the
geomembrane and are utilized by rubber-tired vehicles.
Deploy soil ahead of the equipment in a manner that does not create folds or
excessive stresses on the liner components, and the maximum equipment ground
pressure does not exceed the values shown in Table 02222-3 above.
Maximum equipment speed over operations layer: 5 miles per hour.
Do not make sharp turns when placing operations layer.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02222
Page 7 of 8
EARTH FILLS
3.9
BACKFILL FOR ANCHOR TRENCH
Begin only when geosynthetic installations have been completed in accordance
with deployment and seaming criteria.
Place earthfill to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings.
Place in loose lift thickness not exceeding 12 inches; no scarification is required.
Compact each lift to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction as determined
by wheel rolling with rubber-tired equipment, or similar.
Do not damage geosynthetic installation.
Grade final surface to a vertical tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet.
3.10
PLACEMENT OF LCRS TRENCH GRAVEL
Place only when underlying geosynthetic installations are complete in accordance
with Specifications.
Prior to beginning material placement, demonstrate that gravel layer placement
techniques will not damage the underlying geosynthetic materials. Demonstrate
this by constructing test fall over geosynthetics in an area not part of final
construction.
Place to the lines, grades and dimensions indicated on the Drawings.
Place in a single lift without damaging underlying geosynthetics.
Construct haul routes over geomembrane having a minimum material thickness of
24 to 36 inches. The 24-inch minimum coverage includes the initial material
dumping and spreading areas, haul roads and stockpile areas that cover the
geomembrane and are utilized by rubber-tired vehicles.
When placing gravel layer to its final thickness over the geomembrane use low
ground pressure track-mounted equipment with a maximum allowable ground
pressure equal to or less than a LGP D-6 dozer.
Verify thickness of the gravel layer on a 50-foot grid pattern using survey control
or soft plastic cones (i.e., traffic cones) marked with graduated depth increments.
Grading tolerance for gravel layers:
1.
Line: Plus or minus 1.0 feet.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02222
Page 8 of 8
EARTH FILLS
2.
Grade: Plus 0.2 feet to minus 0.0 feet
Do not put any equipment on the gravel layer unless there is a minimum of 12
inches of gravel covering the geomembrane. A larger thickness may be required
depending on the ground pressure of the equipment as indicated on Table 02222-
3, above.
Maximum equipment speed over gravel layer: 5 miles per hour.
Do not make sharp turns when placing the gravel layer.
3.11
FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE (BY OWNER)
The facility’s Construction Quality Assurance Plan “CQA Plan”.
The OWNER will collect and test samples of soil materials covered in this Section
in accordance with the procedures outlined in the CQA Plan. In-place density and
moisture content will be measured during construction by the OWNER in
accordance with the procedures outlined in the CQA Plan.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02223
Page 1 of 3
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
SECTION 02223
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Final grading and compaction of finished subgrade in preparation for Geosynthetic
Clay Layer (GCL) placement.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 02221 – Excavating and Stockpiling.
Section 02222 – Earth Fills.
Section 02779 – GCL.
1.3
REFERENCES
Latest ASTM Standards or other recognized agency standards at the time
construction documents are issued for the following items:
1.
Compaction Characteristics of Soil;
2.
Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place;
3.
Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place;
Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock;
Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place, Sand-Cone Method; and
Density of Soil in Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1
ENGINEERED FILL
See Section 02222.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02223
Page 2 of 3
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
1.
Verify that excavation is complete and in compliance with
slopes and dimensions shown on the Drawings.
2.
If excavation of unsuitable material is required prior to
replacement with engineered fill, coordinate excavation with OWNER.
3.
Verify surface is free of ponded water before fill is placed.
4.
Scarify and recompact upper 6-inches of subgrade to 95%
minimum relative compaction as determined by ASTM D 698.
3.2
FINISHED GRADING AND COMPACTION OF SUBGRADE
A.
Liner Subgrade Soils
1.
Moisture condition engineered fills or liner subgrade soils from 2
percent below to 2 percent over optimum moisture, then compact to a
minimum of 95 percent relative compaction as determined by ASTM D
698.
2.
Finish grade compacted within a vertical tolerance of plus or minus 0.1
feet of design grade. Bench grades shall be within plus or minus 0.1
feet of design grade.
3.
Subgrade shall be rolled with a smooth-drummed compactor to a
smooth and level surface.
4.
Surface shall be free of organics or other deleterious material.
5.
Fill voids and cracks.
6.
Ruts shall be limited to 1-inch maximum depth.
7.
The CONTRACTOR may use a scraper or other heavy equipment to
verify compaction of subgrade materials by proof-rolling. The subgrade
surface will be accepted by the ENGINEER if the specified compaction
is obtained, and no materials greater than one inch in dimension are
visible. It should be noted that areas of the subgrade may be unsuitable
and require removal and replacement with engineered fill. No
additional compensation will be provided by the OWNER for the
removal and replacement of unsuitable subgrade materials.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02223
Page 3 of 3
SUBGRADE PREPARATION
8.
Ultimately, CONTRACTOR shall provide a subgrade surface that
warrants preparation of a subgrade acceptance certification by the
geosynthetics liner installer and CQA Monitor. Certification may be
issued in phases to facilitate project completion.
3.3
FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE (BY OWNER)
The OWNER will collect samples of subgrade materials to determine the
material’s optimum moisture content and maximum density (ASTM D 698).
The OWNER will measure in-place density and moisture content of the subgrade
(by one or more of the following methods: ASTM D 2922, ASTM D 1556, ASTM
D 2216, and ASTM D 3017), at the frequencies outlined in the CQA Plan.
For liner subgrade excavated into native soil (i.e., not including filled areas)
conditions only, if in the opinion of the CQA Monitor the subgrade is comprised
of unyielding, firm soils, the testing requirements listed above in paragraph (B)
may be replaced with the following field verification test:
1.
Following smooth drum compaction of the subgrade, the CQA
Monitor and OWNER shall observe the CONTRACTOR “proof-
rolling” the subgrade with a fully-loaded scraper. If the subgrade
appears firm and no “pumping” or soft spots areas are observed, the
CQA Monitor can certify that the subgrade soils are approved for
placement.
CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully with the OWNER in performing
compaction control tests. Include costs for assistance in unit or lump sum prices.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02224
Page 1 of 5
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING &
COMPACTING
SECTION 02224
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, & COMPACTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Backfilling and compaction.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 02221 – Excavating and Stockpiling.
B.
Section 02222 – Earth Fills.
1.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Use equipment adequate in size, capacity, and numbers to accomplish the work
in a timely manner.
B.
Comply with all requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction,
particularly as it relates to trench safety systems.
1.4
REFERENCES
A.
OSHA Safety Requirements for Trenching and Shoring.
B.
ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3)(600 kN-m/m3).
C.
ASTM D1557 – Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort
D.
ASTM D 2937 – Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the
Drive-Cylinder Method.
E.
ASTM D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place
by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
F.
ASTM D3017 - Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate
Mixtures.
G.
ASTM C136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
1.5
DEFINITIONS
A.
Utility: Any buried pipe, duct, conduit, or cable.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02224
Page 2 of 5
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING &
COMPACTING
1.6
FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A.
Verify that survey benchmarks, control points, and intended elevations for the
Work are as shown on drawings.
1.7
COORDINATION
A.
Verify work associated with lower elevation utilities is complete before
placing higher elevation utilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
BACKFILL AND BEDDING MATERIALS
A.
Trench backfill: Engineered Fill, as specified in Section 02222. Backfill
material is subject to the acceptance of the OWNER, and is that material
removed from excavations or imported from on-site borrow areas, and is soil
free from roots and other deleterious matter.
B.
Pipe Bedding: Material meeting the requirement of MAG Standard
Specification Section 702.2.1, Table 702-1 for aggregate base course (ABC).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be
performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of
the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2
FINISHED ELEVATIONS AND LINES
A.
Comply with pertinent provisions of the Drawings and Specifications.
3.3
PROCEDURES
A.
Use means necessary to prevent dust becoming a nuisance to the public, to
neighbors, and to other work being performed on or near the site.
B.
Maintain access to adjacent areas at all times.
3.4
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
A.
Barricade open holes and depressions occurring as part of the Work, and post
warning lights on property adjacent to or within public access.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02224
Page 3 of 5
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING &
COMPACTING
B.
Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as
otherwise required.
C.
Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from
damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, washout, and other hazards
created by operations under this Section.
3.5
DEWATERING
A.
Remove all water, including storm water, encountered during trench and sub-
structure work to an approved location by pumps, drains, and other approved
methods.
B.
Keep trenches and site construction area free from water.
3.6
TRENCHING
A.
Comply with pertinent provisions of this Section.
B.
Provide sheeting and shoring necessary for protection of the Work and for the
safety of personnel. Provide shoring where required for safe entry.
C.
Prior to backfilling, remove all sheeting.
D.
Do not permit sheeting to remain in the trenches except when, in the opinion
of the ENGINEER, field conditions or the type of sheeting or methods of
construction such as use of concrete bedding are such as to make removal of
sheeting impracticable. In such cases, the OWNER may permit portions of
sheeting to be cut off and remain in the trench.
3.7
EXCAVATING FOR APPURTENANCES
A.
Over excavation beyond such appurtenances that has not been directed will be
considered unauthorized. Fill with sand, gravel, or lean concrete as directed
by the OWNER, and at no additional cost to the OWNER.
B.
Trench to the minimum width necessary for proper installation of the utility,
with sides as nearly vertical as possible. Accurately grade the bottom to
provide uniform bearing for the utility.
3.8
DEPRESSIONS
A.
Except where rock is encountered, do not excavate below the depth indicated
or specified.
B.
Where rock is encountered, excavate rock to a minimum overdepth of 4 inches
below the trench depth indicated or specified.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02224
Page 4 of 5
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING &
COMPACTING
3.9
COVER
A.
Provide minimum trench depth to maintain a minimum cover over the top of
the installed item below the finish grade or subgrade.
3.10
BEDDING
A.
Provide a minimum 4-inch bedding, as approved by the OWNER, under pipe,
or as shown on plans. Hand grade the bedding to proper grade ahead of pipe
laying. Provide a firm, unyielding support along the entire pipe length.
3.11
BACKFILLING
A.
Place backfill material in layers not greater than 6 inches thick and in a manner
that equalizes pressures on the structure and minimizes stresses. Moisture
condition material to achieve 0 to plus 4 percent of optimum moisture content
as determined by the proctor test method (ASTM D698). Thoroughly tamp
and compact all trench backfill with machine or pneumatic operated tampers
of a size and type that will obtain the required density.
B.
Reopen trenches that have been improperly backfilled, to a depth as required
for proper compaction. Refill and compact as specified, or otherwise correct
to the approval of the ENGINEER.
C.
Do not allow or cause any of the Work performed or installed to be covered
up or enclosed by work of this Section prior to required inspections, tests, and
approvals.
D.
Should any of the Work be so enclosed or covered up before it has been
approved, uncover all such Work and, after approvals have been made, refill
and compact as specified, all at no additional cost to the OWNER.
E.
Backfill the pipe zone with material hand placed simultaneously on both sides
of the pipe for the full trench width and hand tamp with approved tamping
sticks supplemented by “walking in” and slicing with a shovel.
F.
Consolidation of backfill by jetting is prohibited.
3.12
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
The OWNER will inspect open cuts and trenches before installation of utilities.
B.
Assure that trenches are not backfilled until all tests have been completed.
C.
Check backfilling for proper layer thickness and compaction.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02224
Page 5 of 5
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING &
COMPACTING
D.
Verify that test results conform to the specified requirements, and that
sufficient tests are performed.
E.
Assure that defective work is removed and properly replaced.
3.13
FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
The OWNER will determine optimum moisture content and maximum density
for trench backfill. Maximum dry density and optimum moisture will be
determined in accordance with ASTM D698.
B.
The OWNER will determine in-place density and moisture content by one or
more of the following methods: ASTM D2937, ASTM D2922, and ASTM
D3017.
C.
Cooperate fully with the OWNER in performing compaction control tests.
Include costs for assistance in unit or lump sum prices.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02225
Page 1 of 6
GEOCOMPOSITE
SECTION 02225
GEOCOMPOSITE
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Placement of single-sided geocomposite as part of leachate collection system and
liner system for the landfill.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
Section 02222 – Earth Fills.
B.
Section 02711 – Polyethylene Pipe.
C.
Section 02771 – Geotextile.
D.
Section 02778 – Geomembrane.
1.3
REFERENCES
Latest ASTM International (ASTM)Standards or other recognized agency standards at the time
construction documents are issued for the following items:
A.
ASTM D5199– Standard Test Method for Measuring the Nominal Thickness of
Geosynthetics
B.
ASTM D792 – Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density)
of Plastics
C.
ASTM D1505 – Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient
Technique
D.
ASTM D1603 – Standard Test Method for Carbon Black in Olefin Plastics
E.
ASTM D5261 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Mass per Unit Area of
Geotextiles
F.
ASTM 7005 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Bond Strength (Ply
Adhesion) of Geocomposites
G.
ASTM D4355 - Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by
Exposure to Light, Moisture and Heat in a Xenon Arc-Type Apparatus
H.
ASTM D4491 – Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by
Permittivity
I.
ASTM D4632 – Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of
Geotextiles
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02225
Page 2 of 6
GEOCOMPOSITE
J
ASTM D4716– Standard Test Methods for Determining the (In-plane) Flow Rate
per Unit Width and Hydraulic Transmissivity of a Geosynthetic Using a Constant
Head
K.
ASTM D6241– Static Puncture Strength
L.
ASTM D4751 - Standard Test Methods for Determining Apparent Opening Size
of a Geotextile
1.4
DEFINITIONS
A.
Manufacturer: Responsible for the production of geocomposite rolls.
B.
Installer: The party responsible for field handling, storing, deploying, seaming,
repairing, anchoring, and any other aspects of installing the geocomposite. The
installer is also responsible for the transportation of the material to the site.
C.
Construction Quality Assurance Consultant (CQAC): The party, independent
from the manufacturer or installer, responsible for observing and documenting
activities related to the quality assurance of the production and installation of the
geosynthetic components of the geocomposite. Also responsible for issuing a
construction management report and certification sealed by a Registered
Professional Engineer.
1.5
MANUFACTURER SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A.
Submit the following 7 days prior to scheduled installation:
1.
Manufacturer’s certificates of compliance with specified product
requirements.
2.
Manufacturer’s Quality Control (MQC) test results performed on materials
produced for this project.
1.6
TRANSMISSIVITY VERIFICATION MQC TESTING (PERFORMED BY
MANUFACTURER)
A.
The Manufacturer must provide transmissivity test results for the geocomposite
proposed for the primary leachate collection system to qualify its use on this
project. Refer to Article 2.1 of this Section for other product requirements for the
components of the geocomposite (geotextile and geonet) as well as the
geocomposite itself.
B.
Testing: Test with liner system components in contact with each side of the
geocomposite as shown on the drawings. Tests must be performed by a GRI
accredited lab or as approved by the ENGINEER.
C.
Test as described below:
1.
Transmissivity shall be measured in a 12-inch x 12-inch box using the
same boundary conditions, load, duration and gradient as those used by
the manufacturer to establish the min. avg. for the required test value.
2.
Minimum transmissivity required:
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02225
Page 3 of 6
GEOCOMPOSITE
a.
Primary Leachate Collection: 10,368 GPD/ft (7.2 GPM/ft)
D.
Test report shall indicate the orientation relative to flow of the ribs of the geonet
in contract with the geomembrane.
1.7
CONFORMANCE TESTING (PERFORMED BY OWNER)
A.
The OWNER will perform conformance testing on geocomposites as outlined in
Table 02225-1 and 2 and in the CQA Plan.
B.
Allow a minimum of 7 calendar days for conformance tests to be performed and
data to be reviewed.
1.8
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Protect geocomposite from ultraviolet light exposure, precipitation, inundation,
mud, dirt, dust, puncture, cutting, and other damaging or deleterious conditions.
B.
Immediately restore damaged protective covering.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURED GEOCOMPOSITE FOR PRIMARY LEACHATE
COLLECTION SYSTEM
A. Description: A drainage geocomposite manufactured by heat-bonding non-woven
needle punched geotextile to one side of a polyethylene geonet.
B. Provided in roll lengths that accommodate the maximum slope lengths on 3:1 or
steeper slopes without requiring butt seams.
C. Manufactured with a thickness adequate to meet specified flow capacity.
D. Manufactured with a non-collapsible waterway for unrestricted flow.
E. Manufactured with core material made of polyethylene that maintains the required
flow under specified loads.
F. Manufactured and installed with geotextile overlapped at the upstream end of the
geocomposite drain to prevent soil intrusion.
G. Interface shear strength for the geocomposite as part of the liner system shall be
tested per the requirements of Section 02779 Article 2.2.
H. Manufactured to meet or exceed the following product requirements based on
minimum average roll values:
2.2
GEONET COMPONENT OF GEOCOMPOSITE PRIMARY LEACHATE
COLLECTION SYSTEM
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02225
Page 4 of 6
GEOCOMPOSITE
TABLE 02225-1
GEONET COMPONENT PROPERTIES AND
TESTING FREQUENCIES
Test(1)
ASTM Test
Designation
Minimum MQC
Test Frequency(1)
Minimum
Conformance Test
Frequency
Required Test
Values
Thickness
(min. avg.)
D5199
1/100,000 sf
1/250,000
250 mil (2)
Density
(min. avg.)
D792 or D1505
1/100,000 sf
1/250,000
0.940 g/cm3
Carbon
Black
Content
(range)
D1603(3)
1/100,000 sf
1/250,000
2-3%
Mass/Unit
Area (min.
ave.)
D5261
1/100,000 sf
1/250,000
lbs/sf (2)
1.
Testing the geonet component shall be performed in accordance with the upper portion of this table. The geotextile component
shall meet the required test values and the manufacturer’s QC test frequency requirements from the Geotextile Separator (see
Section 02771, 2.1). Tracking of the frequency of the Manufacturer’s QC testing and Conformance QA testing shall be based
on the geocomposite roll numbers.
2.
Required value shall be taken from manufacturer’s standard material specifications sheet for the selected geonet/Geocomposite
material. Geonet/Geocomposite selection shall be based on the material’s ability to meet or exceed the transmissivity
identified in the site’s design.
3.
Other methods such as D 4218 (muffle furnace) or microwave methods are acceptable if an appropriate correlation to D 1603
(tube furnace) can be established.
2.3
GEOTEXTILE COMPONENT OF GEOCOMPOSITE FOR PRIMARY
LEACHATE COLLECTION SYSTEM
A.
Per Article 2.1, Section 02771.
2.4
MANUFACTURED GEOCOMPOSITE FOR PRIMARY LEACHATE
COLLECTION SYSTEM
TABLE 02225-2
GEOCOMPOSITE PROPERTIES AND
TESTING FREQUENCIES
Test
ASTM Test
Designation
Minimum MQC
Test
Frequency(1)
Minimum
Conformance
Test Frequency
Required Test
Values
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02225
Page 5 of 6
GEOCOMPOSITE
1.
Unless otherwise noted, all values represent minimum average roll values (MARV), (i.e. any roll in a lot should meet or exceed
the values in this table
2.
Transmissivity shall be measured in a 12-inch x 12-inch box using the same boundary conditions, load, duration and gradient
as those used by the manufacturer to established the min. avg. for the required test value.
2.5
MANUFACTURER SOURCE
2.6
MANUFACTURER SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform Manufacturer’s Quality Control (MQC) tests for geocomposites
manufactured for this project. Perform tests necessary to verify geocomposites
meet specified product requirements. Perform each MQC test at a minimum of the
frequencies defined in this Section.
B.
Provide the following information with MQC test data:
1.
Roll numbers and identification
2.
Results of quality control tests, including a description of test methods
used.
C.
OWNER will reject rolls for which quality control requirements are not met.
2.7
LABELING
A.
Mark or tag geocomposite rolls with the following information:
1.
Manufacturer’s name
2.
Product identification
3.
Lot number
4.
Roll number
5.
Roll dimensions
B.
Mark special handling requirements on rolls.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Prior to installation of geocomposite, examine underlying construction for
conformance with specifications. Verify the following:
1.
Underlying installations are complete, installed as designed, and as-built
documentation has been obtained.
2.
There is no debris, excessive dust or rocks on the geomembrane in areas
where geocomposite will be deployed.
Peel Strength (min. avg.)
D7005
1/100,000 sf
1/250,000
1.0 lb/in
Transmissivity(2)
D4716
1/Project
1/Project
0.0015 m2/sec
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02225
Page 6 of 6
GEOCOMPOSITE
3.2
PROTECTION
A.
When placing other geosynthetics over the geocomposite ensure the following:
1.
No damage occurs to the geocomposite.
2.
The geocomposite does not slip on the underlying geosynthetics.
3.
There are no excessive tensile stresses in the geocomposite.
3.3
DEPLOYMENT
A.
Follow manufacturer’s recommendations, standards, and guidelines.
B.
Deploy geocomposite as indicating in Drawings.
C.
Do not entrap excessive dust, stones or moisture in geocomposite that could
damage or clog drains or filters or hamper subsequent seaming.
D.
Deploy geocomposite such that the orientation of the ribs on the lower surface of
the geocomposite matches that of the transmissivity testing preformed under
Article 1.6 of this Section.
E.
Deploy rolls down slope not across slope.
F.
Lay smooth with no wrinkles and free of stresses.
G.
Examine geocomposite over entire installed surface to ensure that no potentially
harmful foreign objects, such as needles, are present. Remove any foreign
objects.
H.
Do not drag geocomposite across rough or textured surfaces to avoid damage to
the geocomposite. Use a smooth geosynthetic slip sheet or rub sheet as necessary
to reduce friction damage during deployment.
3.4
PANEL SEAMS (IF REQUIRED)
A.
Ensure that no soil is present between geocomposite seams.
B.
Overlap geonet 3 inches along panel edges and tie at five-foot intervals with
plastic ties of contrasting color to the geonet material.
C.
Overlap geotextile and sew or heat bond.
3.5
BUTT SEAMS (IF REQUIRED)
A.
Overlap geonet 3 inches along panel ends and tie at 12-inch intervals with plastic
ties of contrasting color to the geonet material.
B.
Overlap geotextile and sew.
3.7
REPAIRS
A.
Repair with same geocomposite product overlapped 12 inches beyond the repair
area and secure with plastic ties of contrasting color to the geonet material spaced
12 inches on center. Overlap geotextile and sew or heat bond.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02225
Page 7 of 6
GEOCOMPOSITE
3.8
FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
The CQAC will collect sample of geocomposite delivered to the site, for
conformance testing at a minimum frequency of one (1) per 250,000 thousand
square feet of geocomposite and perform tests as outlined in the CQA Plan to
determine product compliance with specified values.
3.9
ACCEPTANCE
A.
CONTRACTOR retains all ownership and responsibility for geocomposite until
acceptance by OWNER.
B.
OWNER accepts geocomposite when:
1.
The installation is complete.
2.
Conformance tests verify product requirements.
3.
Documentation of installation is complete including the CQAC’s final
report.
4.
Verification of the adequacy of all seams and repairs, including associated
testing, is completed.
5.
Written certification documents have been received by the OWNER.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02711
Page 1 of 5
POLYETHYLENE PIPE
SECTION 02711
POLYETHYLENE PIPE
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Installation of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe in locations shown on the
drawings.
Installation of all HDPE pipe fittings and appurtenances.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 02771 – Geotextile.
1.3
REFERENCES
Latest ASTM Standards or other recognized agency standards at the time
construction documents are issued for the following items:
1.
Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials
2.
Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials
1.4
DEFINITIONS
Standard Dimensional Ratio (SDR): The actual outside pipe diameter divided by
the wall thickness.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
Submit product data for pipe materials and welding system to be used. Submit 10
days prior to installation.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1
PIPE AND FITTINGS
All pipe sizes shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section reference
nominal diameter, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or in this Section.
Pipe sizing in accordance with ASTM F714, and ASTM D3035 83.
All pipes: as shown in Drawings.
Designated as PE4710 and classified as 445474C (ASTM D3350).
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02711
Page 2 of 5
POLYETHYLENE PIPE
Conforming to the following requirements:
TABLE 02711-1
PROPERTIES FOR POLYETHYLENE PIPE
Property
Test Procedures
Values
Density (gm/cm3)
Melt Index (gm/10 min)
Flexural Modulus (psi)
Tensile Strength (psi)
Slow Crack Growth Resistance
(PENT) (hrs)
Hydrostatic Design Basis (psi)
UV Stabilizer (% Carbon Black)
ASTM D1505
ASTM D1238, (E)
ASTM D790
ASTM D638
ASTM F1473
ASTM D2837
ASTM D1603
0.947-0.955
<0.15
min. 133,000
min. 3,200
> 5,000
min. 1,600
2-3%
Containing no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer’s
own plant and from resin of the same specification as the raw material supplier.
Resin for pipe and fittings listed by both National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
and Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) and manufactured in accordance with ASTM
D305/F714-81.
Homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or
other injurious defects; Being uniform in color, capacity, density, and other
physical properties.
Provide the following information continuously marked on the pipe or spaced at
intervals not exceeding 5 feet.
1.
Name and/or trademark of the pipe manufacturer.
2.
Nominal pipe size.
3.
Standard Dimensional Ratio (SDR).
4.
PE 4710.
5.
Manufacturer’s Standard Reference.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02711
Page 3 of 5
POLYETHYLENE PIPE
6.
A production code from which the date and place of
manufacturer can be determined.
2.2
PIPE COUPLINGS
Where required, provide HDPE blind flange adapters, molded stub ends, and
molded end caps and other fittings in accordance with the drawings.
2.3
FABRICATED FITTINGS
Provide fabricated or molded fittings as shown on the drawings.
2.4
PIPE PERFORATIONS AND LEACHATE COLLECTION PIPES
Where plans call for perforated leachate collection pipe, perforate with 1/2-inch
diameter holes. Drill four equally spaced holes around pipe perimeter, a minimum
of every six inches along the pipe lengths.
See Drawings for perforation details for sump collector pipe.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
GENERAL
When shipping, delivering, and installing pipe, fittings and accessories, do so to
ensure a sound, undamaged installation.
Provide adequate storage for all materials and equipment delivered to the job site.
Handle and store pipe and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
3.2
PLACING AND LAYING PIPE
Provide maintenance of all such material and equipment.
Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations when hauling, unloading, and
stringing of the pipe.
Do not push or pull pipe and fittings over sharp projections, drop, or have objects
dropped on it.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02711
Page 4 of 5
POLYETHYLENE PIPE
Inspect for defects before installation.
Any piping showing kinks, buckles, cuts, gouges, or any other damage which in
the opinion of the OWNER will affect performance of the pipe must be removed
from the site.
Replace material found to be defective before or after laying with sound material
without additional expense to the OWNER.
3.3
FUSION WELDING PIPE
Join the polyethylene pipe by the method of thermal butt or side wall fusion,
outlined in ASTM D2657. Perform fusion joining of pipe and fittings in
accordance with the procedures established by the pipe manufacturer. Of particular
importance is the use of proper interface pressures and heater plate temperatures.
Ensure that shavings generated during butt surface preparation are cleaned from
interior of piping prior to fusing.
Use fusion pressures, temperatures, and cycle times according to pipe
manufacturer’s recommendations. Use personnel adequately trained and qualified
in the technique involved.
Do not perform pipe fusion in water when trench conditions are unsuitable for the
work. Keep water out of the trench until joining is completed. Secure open ends
of pipe and close valves when work is not in progress, so that no trench water,
earth, or other substance will enter the pipe or the fittings. Plug or cap or valve
pipe ends left for future connections.
Clear welding and grade sites, if necessary, to provide enough space for pipe
storage and fusion. Keep the site free of rocks, stumps, and debris which could
cut, scar, or gouge the pipe. In order to allow the joining operation to continue in
adverse weather conditions, a shelter may be required for the joining machine.
Particular caution should be exercised to prevent the pipe from becoming wet, and
to prevent the heater plate from coming in contact with water.
Polyethylene Fusion Qualification: All pipe fusion must be performed by a
supplier, or a factory supplied and/or certified fusion operator.
Provide training sessions as required to train welding personnel, and quality
control personnel in polyethylene fusion machine operation as applicable for the
project. Only fully trained personnel will be allowed to perform the installation,
supervision, or inspection of polyethylene-fusion joints. Submit a listing of those
authorized/instructed for polyethylene fusion welding for review by the OWNER.
Make all on-site training sessions during this contract available to quality
assurance personnel at no charge to the OWNER.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02711
Page 5 of 5
POLYETHYLENE PIPE
Training: Provide assistance from the manufacturer/supplier in instructing welding
personnel in proper fusion procedures and techniques. Notifications will be
required in writing, listing the names of those persons so familiarized. A
manufacturer’s representative shall be certified in writing by the manufacturer to
be technically qualified and experienced.
END OF SECTION
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02771
Page 1 of 6
GEOTEXTILE
SECTION 02771
GEOTEXTILE
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
Installation of geotextile around gravel fill, over trench fills, as a separation or
cushion medium, or as a component of a LCRS drainage layer.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 02222 – Earth Fills
Section 02278 – Geomembrane.
1.3
REFERENCES
Latest ASTM Standards or other recognized agency standards at the time construction
documents are issued for the following items:
Industrial Filament Yarns Made From Man-Made Organic Base-Fibers;
1.
Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity;
2.
Peel Strength;
Burst Strength;
Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles;
Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related Products;
Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile; and
Measuring Mass per Unit Area of Geotextiles.
1.4
DEFINITIONS
Manufacturer: Responsible for the production of geotextile rolls.
1.
Installer: The party responsible for field handling, storing,
deploying, repairing, anchoring, and any other aspects of installing the
geotextile. The installer is also responsible for transportation of the
material to the site.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02771
Page 2 of 6
GEOTEXTILE
2.
Construction Quality Assurance Consultant (CQAC): The
party, independent from the manufacturer or installer, responsible for
observing and documenting activities related to the quality assurance of
the production and installation of the geosynthetic components of the
geotextile. Also responsible for issuing a construction monitoring
report, and certification sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Protect geotextile from ultraviolet light exposure, precipitation, inundation, mud,
dirt, dust, puncture, cutting, and other damaging or deleterious condition.
Ship geotextile in closed trailer.
Immediately restore damaged protective covering.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.1
GEOTEXTILE
Products comprised of non-woven, continuous-filament or staple fiber needle
punched polypropylene or polyester fabric; oriented into a stable network that
maintains its structure during handling, placement, and long-term service.
The product cannot be heat burnished.
Resistant to soil chemicals.
New product made from virgin materials.
Geotextile used for filtration conforming to the following minimum average roll
values (MARV) as defined by the Federal Highway Administration for the
properties listed.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02771
Page 3 of 6
GEOTEXTILE
Table 02771-1
Properties for Geotextiles
Test
ASTM Test
Designation
Unit
Requirement (5)
Manufacturer’s
QC Test
Frequency(1)
Conformance
QA Test
Frequency
Mass per Unit Area
D 5261
oz/SY
8/12/16 min (4)
1/100,000
1/250,000
Grab Tensile Strength
D 4632
lbs
190/300/370
1/100,000
1/250,000
Puncture Resistance
D 6241
lbs
630/800/900
1/100,000
1/250,000
UV Resistance
D 4355
%
70/70/70(2)
1/resin
formulation
N/A
Permittivity
D 4491
sec-1
0.02/NA/0.02(3)
1/540,000
1/project
Apparent Opening Size
D 4751
mm
0.60/NA/0.60(3)
1/540,000
1/project
Notes:
1. Manufacturer may elect to provide certification of values for geotextiles.
2. After 500 hours of exposure.
3. AOS and Permittivity shall only be tested for geotextiles used in filter applications. .
4. Provide 8 oz/yd2 geotextile as the top component of single-sided geocomposite per
Section 02225 of these specifications, 12 oz/yd2 geotextile for landfill cell side slopes and
16 oz/yd2 geotextile for “burrito wrap” on LCRS piping as shown in drawings.
5. First value shown is for 8 oz/yd2 material, second value shown is for 12 oz/yd2 material,
third value shown is for 16 oz/yd2 material.
2.2
MANUFACTURER SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
Perform quality control tests of geotextile, at a minimum of once for every one
hundred thousand (100,000) square feet to evaluate materials conformance to
published material properties.
Reject rolls for which quality control requirements are not met.
Certify the quality of the rolls of geotextile.
Provide quality control certificates for each lot and each shift's production. The
quality control certificates shall include:
1.
Roll numbers and identification.
2.
Sampling procedures
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02771
Page 4 of 6
GEOTEXTILE
3.
Results of quality control tests, including a description of test
methods used
2.3
LABELING
Mark or tag geotextile rolls with the following information:
1.
Manufacturer's name
2.
Product identification
3.
Lot number
4.
Roll number
5.
Roll Dimensions
6.
Mark special handling requirements on rolls.
Part 3
Execution
3.1
EXAMINATION
Prior to installation of geotextile, examine underlying construction for
conformance with specifications. Verify the following:
1.
Underlying installations are complete, installed as designed, and
as-built documentation has been obtained.
3.2
PROTECTION
When placing soil materials over geotextile, ensure the following:
1.
No damage to geotextile.
2.
No slippage of geotextile on underlying layers.
3.
No excessive tensile stresses in the geotextile.
3.3
DEPLOYMENT
Follow manufacturer’s recommendations, standards, and guidelines.
Anchor geotextile in anchor trenches on slopes greater than 20 percent. Roll
geotextile down slope in such a manner as to continually keep the geotextile sheet
in sufficient tension to preclude folds and wrinkles.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02771
Page 5 of 6
GEOTEXTILE
Weight geotextile with sandbags or equivalent as ballast during deployment.
Leave ballast in place until geotextile is covered with succeeding construction
layer.
Cut geotextile using approved cutter only. Take care to protect other in-place
geosynthetic materials when cutting geotextile.
Do not entrap in geotextile excessive dust, stones, or moisture that could damage
or clog drains of filters or hamper subsequent seaming.
Examine geotextile over entire completed surface to ensure that no potentially
harmful foreign objects, such as needles, are present. Remove any foreign objects.
3.4
SEAMS AND OVERLAPS
Sew all seams for geotextiles used in separation and cushion applications. Overlap
geotextile 3 inches minimum prior to seaming. Do not seam horizontal on slopes
steeper than 10 percent (i.e., seam along, not across slopes). Stagger horizontal
butt seams.
Ensure that no soil materials are inadvertently inserted into the seams of
geotextiles.
Sew with polymeric thread having chemical resistance and strength properties
equal to or exceeding those of geotextile.
For sewing, use a 401 two-thread chain stitch, or equivalent.
Stitching material to be in a contrasting color.
3.5
REPAIRS
Repair holes or tears in a geotextile with a patch from the same geotextile material,
seamed in place with a minimum seam overlap of 12 inches in all directions.
Remove any soil or other material that may have penetrated the torn geotextile.
3.6
FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE
The CQAC will collect samples of geotextile delivered to the site for conformance
testing at a minimum frequency as identified in the CQA Plan, and perform tests
to determine product compliance with specified values.
Samples will be taken across the entire width excluding the first three feet of the
roll unless otherwise approved. Sample size will be three feet long by the roll
width.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02771
Page 6 of 6
GEOTEXTILE
3.7
ACCEPTANCE
CONTRACTOR retains all ownership and responsibility for geotextile until
acceptance by OWNER.
1.
OWNER accepts geotextile when:
2.
The installation is complete.
3.
Conformance tests verify product requirements.
4.
Documentation of installation is complete, including the
CQAC’s final report.
5.
Verification of the adequacy of all seams and repairs, including
associated testing, is complete.
6.
Written certification documents have been received by the
OWNER.
7.
End of section
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 1 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
SECTION 02778
GEOMEMBRANE
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
Section includes installation of textured surface HDPE geomembrane for the
landfill composite liner.
1.2
REFERENCES
Latest ASTM Standards or other recognized agency standards at the time
construction documents are issued for the following items:
1.
Tensile Properties of Plastics;
2.
Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers;
3.
Specific Gravity (Relative Density) and Density of Plastics;
4.
Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting;
5.
Flow Rates of Thermoplastics;
6.
Plastics by the Density-Gradient Technique;
7.
Carbon Black in Olefin Plastics;
8.
Copper-Induced Oxidative Induction Time of Polyolefins;
9.
Index Puncture of Geotextiles, Geomembranes, and Related
Products;
10.
Nominal Thickness of Geotextiles and Geomembranes;
11.
Coefficient of Soil and Geosynthetic or Geosynthetic and
Geosynthetic Friction;
12.
Evaluation of Stress Crack of Polyolefin Geomembranes;
13.
Microscopic Evaluation of Dispersion of Carbon Black;
14.
Multi-Axial Tension Test for Geosynthetics;
15.
Using Notched Constant Tensile Load Test;
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 2 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
16.
Oxidation Induction Time of Polyolefin Geosynthetics; and
17.
Integrity of Non-reinforced Geomembrane Seams.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
Batch: A quantity of resin, usually the capacity of one rail car, used in the manufacture of high
density polyethylene (HDPE) geomembrane sheet. The finished sheet will be
identified by a roll number corresponding to the particular lot of resin used.
Bridging: The condition when geomembrane becomes suspended over its subgrade due to
contraction of the material or poor installation.
Construction Quality Assurance Consultant (CQAC): The party, independent from
Manufacturer or Installer, that is responsible for observing and documenting activities
related to the quality assurance of production and installation of the geosynthetic
components of the lining system.
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Laboratory: The party, independent from the
OWNER, Manufacturer, Fabricator, and Installer, responsible for conducting tests on
samples of geosynthetics obtained at the site.
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Monitor: The site representative of the CQAC. Also
referred to as the CQA ENGINEER or CQA Officer.
Extrudate: The molten polymer, which is emitted from an extruder during seaming using either
extrusion fillet or extrusion flat methods. The polymer is initially in the form of a
ribbon rod, bead or pellets.
Fabricator: The party responsible for the fabrication of geomembrane panels constructed from
rolls received from the manufacturer.
Geomembrane Manufacturer: The party responsible for the production of the geomembrane
rolls from resin and for the quality of the resin.
Geomembrane: An essentially impermeable membrane used as a solid or liquid barrier.
Synonymous term for flexible membrane liner (FML).
Geomembrane Subsurface: The soil or geosynthetic surface on which the geomembrane lies.
Installer: The party responsible for field handling, transporting, storing, deploying, seaming,
temporary restraining (against wind), and installation of the geomembrane.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 3 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Panel: The unit area of geomembrane that will be seamed in the field. If the geomembrane is
not fabricated into panels in a factory, a panel is identified as a roll or portion of a roll
without any seams.
1.4
SUBMITTALS (MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLER)
Submit the following to the OWNER, 7 days prior to receiving material at site.
Resin Data (Manufacturer)
1.
Statement of production date or dates.
2.
Certification stating that the resin meets the product
requirements (see Article 2.1 of this Section).
3.
Certification stating that all resin is from the same manufacturer.
4.
Copy of quality control certificates issued by manufacturer.
5.
Test reports from manufacturer.
Geomembrane Roll (Manufacturer)
1.
Statement of production date or dates.
2.
Laboratory test results and certification stating that the
geomembrane meets the product requirements (see Article 2.3 of this
Section).
3.
Certification stating that all geomembrane rolls are furnished by
one supplier, and that all rolls are manufactured from one resin type
obtained from one resin supplier.
4.
Copy of quality control certificates issued by manufacturer.
5.
Test reports from the manufacturer.
6.
Typical test results of complete notched constant tensile load test
(ASTM D 5397) for specified resin and sheet thickness.
7.
Statement certifying that no reclaimed polymer is added to the
resin.
8.
Statement listing percentages of processing aids, antioxidants,
and other additives other than carbon black added to or in the resin.
9.
Geomembrane delivery, storage, and handling instructions.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 4 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
10.
Geomembrane installation instructions.
11.
Sample warranties for review.
Extrudate Beads and/or Rod (Manufacturer)
1.
Statement of production date or dates.
2.
Laboratory certification stating that the extrudate meets the
product requirements (see Article 2.4 of this Section).
3.
Certification stating that all extrudate is manufactured by one
manufacturer and resin is supplied from one supplier.
4.
Copy of quality control certificates issued by manufacturer.
5.
Test reports from the manufacturer.
6.
Certification stating that the extrudate bead or rod resin is the
same type, from the same manufacturer and compatible with the resin
used to manufacture the geomembrane supplied for this project.
Schedules and Drawings (Installer)
1.
Submit installation schedule one week prior to installation.
Include hours worked per day, week and per shift. Indicate all weather
delays built into schedule.
2.
Installation layout drawings: Two weeks prior to installation of
geomembrane, submit drawings showing the panel layout indicating
both fabricated (if applicable) and field seams, and details not
conforming to the Contract Drawings. Upon acceptance, use these
drawings for installation of geomembrane.
Qualifications (Installer)
1.
Submit, two weeks prior to installation, name of installer, and
resume of installation supervisor/field engineer to be assigned to the
project.
2.
Submit, two weeks prior to installation, resume of master
seamer.
Equipment and Personnel: Submit the following two weeks prior to installation:
(Installer)
1.
Equipment List Stating Quantity and Types.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 5 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
2.
List of personnel to perform field-seaming operations.
1.5
SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION (INSTALLER)
Submit quality control documentation prepared during installation.
1.6
SUBMIT UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION (INSTALLER)
Certificate stating the liner has been installed in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
The warranty obtained from the manufacturer/fabricator and the installation
warranty.
As-built drawings showing location of panels, seams, repairs, patches, and
destructive samples, including measurements.
Copies of seam test results and statistical analysis of each welder’s performance.
1.7
QUALIFICATIONS
Installer: Must have successfully installed a minimum of 10,000,000 square feet
of welded polyethylene geomembrane with documented references.
Master Welder Qualifications: Must have completed a minimum of 5,000,000
square feet of polyethylene geomembrane seaming work using the same type of
seaming apparatus proposed for use on this projects.
Other Seamers Qualifications: Must have seamed a minimum of 1,000,000 square
feet of HDPE geomembrane.
1.8
QUALITY ASSURANCE
All work shall be constructed, monitored, and tested in accordance with the
requirements of the CQA Plan.
The OWNER will engage and pay for the services of (1) Construction Quality
Assurance Consultant (CQAC), and (2) Construction Quality Assurance (CQA)
Laboratory for monitoring the quality and installation of geomembrane material
being installed unless otherwise specified.
The Geosynthetics Installer shall be aware of all activities outlined in the CQA
Plan, and the CONTRACTOR shall account for these activities in the construction
schedule.
The OWNER shall assure that the geomembrane is delivered to the site at least 14
calendar days prior to installation to allow sufficient time for conformance testing.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 6 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Any geomembrane rolls that do not meet the requirements of this Specification
will be rejected. The Geosynthetics Installation CONTRACTOR shall replace the
rejected material with new material that conforms to the Specification
requirements, at no additional cost to the OWNER.
Personnel Qualifications
1.
Ensure that all personnel performing geomembrane seaming
operations are qualified by experience or by successfully passing
seaming tests (see Article 3.3 of this Section).
2.
Personnel qualifications in accordance with Article 1.7 of this
Section.
Field Samples
1.
Geomembrane sampling shall be conducted in accordance with
those specifications and the CQA Plan for the following:
Conformance Testing (Article 3.1 of this Section)
Destructive Seam Testing (Article 3.3 of this Section)
In order to prevent wind-damaged geomembranes from being placed, the
following Quality Assurance procedures shall be followed:
1.
The Geosynthetics Installation CONTRACTOR shall perform
their work to prevent wind damage to the geomembrane.
2.
Wind damage shall be determined by the CQA Monitor during
deployment of the geomembrane. Wind damage to the geomembrane
will include wrinkles, creases, and tears, as determined by the CQA
ENGINEER.
3.
Repair of the wind-damaged geomembrane shall be completed
by the Geosynthetics Installation CONTRACTOR at no additional cost
to the OWNER.
4.
As determined by the CQA Monitor, the geomembrane panel
may be rejected and shall be replaced by the geosynthetics installation
CONTRACTOR at no cost to the OWNER.
1.9
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Packing and Shipping
1.
Labels on each roll delivered to site shall identify the following:
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 7 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Manufacturer’s name;
Product Identification;
Thickness;
Roll number;
Batch or lot number;
Panel number (when applicable); and
Roll dimensions.
2.
Ensure that geomembrane rolls are properly loaded and secured
to prevent damage during transit.
3.
Protect geomembrane from excessive heat, cold, puncture,
cutting, or other damaging or deleterious conditions.
4.
Ensure personnel responsible for loading, transport and
unloading of geomembrane are fully aware of the consequences of
damage to geomembrane, and are familiar with handling and transport
constraints imposed by manufacturer.
Delivery
1.
Deliver materials to the site only after the OWNER accepts
required submittals.
2.
Separate damaged rolls from undamaged rolls and store in
locations designated by the OWNER until proper disposition of material
is determined by OWNER.
3.
OWNER will determine the extent of damage to geomembrane.
4.
Delivery in rolls, do not fold.
Acceptance at Site
1.
Perform inventory and surface inspection for defects and
damage of all geomembrane rolls upon delivery.
2.
Unroll and inspect any geomembrane roll that shows signs of
internal damage.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 8 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
3.
Damage resulting from handling and transport of geomembranes
shall be repaired at no cost to OWNER. If irreparable, in the opinion of
the CQA ENGINEER, damaged materials shall be replaced at no cost
to OWNER.
Storage and Protection
1.
OWNER will provide on-site storage area for geomembrane
rolls from time of delivery until installation.
2.
The storage of the materials is the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR from the time the materials are off-loaded until used
by the Geosynthetic Installer.
3.
After Geosynthetic Installer has removed material from storage
area, protect geomembrane from puncture, dirt, grease, water, moisture,
mud, mechanical, abrasion, excessive heat and other sources of damage.
4.
Preserve integrity and readability of geomembrane roll labels.
5.
Store geomembrane rolls on prepared surface (not on wooden
pallets).
6.
Stack no more than three rolls high.
1.10
SITE CONDITIONS
Geomembrane Deployment
1.
Do not proceed with deployment at an ambient temperature
below 40 degrees F or above 110 degrees F unless otherwise authorized,
in writing, by OWNER. If surface temperatures exceed 140 degrees F,
regardless of ambient temperature, deployment shall continue only if
CQA Monitor allows after testing trial welds.
2.
Do not deploy during precipitation, in the presence of excessive
moisture (e.g., fog, dew), in an area of ponded water, or in the presence
of excessive winds.
Do not undertake deployment if weather conditions will preclude material seaming
on same day as deployment.
At the end of each day, the Geosynthetic Installer will weight down the leading
edge of the geomembrane using sandbags or other approved measures provided
by the Geosynthetic Installer.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 9 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
The final side slope liner termination will be completed by the CONTRACTOR
per the termination details in the Drawings along the exposed edge of the
geomembrane.
Seaming
1.
Normal seaming procedures may take place if the following
weather conditions exist:
Ambient temperature, measured 6 inches above the liner surface, shall be
between 40 degrees F and 105 degrees F. Do not seam if ambient temperature
is below or above 40 degrees F and 105 degrees F, respectively, unless
approved by the CQA Monitor.
Dry conditions (i.e., no precipitation or other excessive moisture, such as fog
or dew).
No excessive winds.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Geomembrane Liner
1.
Geomembrane shall be 60-mil high-density polyethylene (HDPE),
textured as indicated on the Drawings.
2.
Only geomembranes and resins that meet these specifications.
3.
Geomembrane shall be manufactured from new polyethylene
resin.
4.
Geomembrane manufactured from non-complying resin shall be
rejected.
5.
Resin shall be designed and manufactured specifically for use in
geomembranes.
6.
The geomembrane shall have the following characteristics:
Contain a maximum of 2 percent by weight of additives, fillers, or extenders
(not including carbon black).
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 10 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Contain between 2 percent and 3 percent carbon black for ultra-violet light
resistance. This shall be added to the otherwise pure polyethylene resin as
part of resin manufacturing or roll manufacturing processes.
No thin spots, striations, pinholes, or bubbles on surface. Free of blisters,
undispersed raw materials, or other signs of contamination by foreign matter.
The geomembrane is to be roughened or textured during the manufacturing
process.
2.2
SEAMING AND TESTING EQUIPMENT
Welding
1.
Maintain on-site a minimum of two spare operable seaming
apparatus, unless otherwise agreed upon at pre-construction meeting.
2.
Seaming equipment shall not damage geomembrane.
3.
No solvent or adhesive is used unless the product is approved in
writing by the OWNER prior to use.
4.
Use extrusion welding apparatus equipped with gauges giving
temperature of extrudate at nozzle of apparatus.
5.
Use fusion welding apparatus which are self-propelled devices
equipped with the following:
A gauge indicating temperature of heating element.; and
A method of monitoring relative pressure applied to
geomembrane.
6.
Use power source capable of providing constant voltage under
combined line load.
7.
Provide protective lining and splash pad large enough to catch
spilled fuel under electric generator, if located on liner.
8.
Provide tensiometers capable of measuring seam strength,
calibrated and accurate within 2 pounds.
9.
Provide dies for cutting seam samples.
Vacuum Testing
The equipment shall consist of the following:
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 11 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
1.
Vacuum box assembly consisting of: rigid housing, transparent
viewing window, soft neoprene gasket attached to bottom of housing,
port hole or valve assembly, and vacuum gauge;
2.
Pump assembly equipped with pressure controller and pipe
connections;
3.
Rubber pressure/vacuum hose with fittings and connections;
4.
Bucket of soapy solution; and
5.
Wide paint brush, or other means of applying soap solution.
Air Pressure Testing (for double fusion seam only)
The equipment shall consist of the following:
1.
Air pump (manual or motor driven), equipped with a pressure
gauge, capable of generating, sustaining, and measuring pressure
between 24 and 35 pounds per square inch (psi) and mounted on a
cushion to protect geomembrane.
2.
Rubber hose with fittings and connections.
3.
Sharp hollow needle, or other approved pressure feed device.
4.
An air pressure-monitoring device.
2.3
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL TESTING
All of the specified tests are the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility. Testing during
manufacturing shall be accomplished by the manufacturer’s laboratory.
Tests and Inspection
1.
Geomembranes shall be tested by geomembrane manufacturer
for quality control to demonstrate that resin meets specifications in
Table 02778-1.
2.
Geomembrane manufacturer shall continuously monitor during
manufacturing process for inclusions, bubbles, or other defects.
Geomembranes which exhibit defects shall not be acceptable for
installation.
3.
Geomembrane
manufacturer
shall
monitor
thickness
continuously during manufacturing process. No geomembrane which
fails to meet specified values shall be acceptable for installation.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 12 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
4.
At a minimum, the following tests shall be performed in
accordance with test methods specified in Table 02778-2:
Density;
Carbon black content;
Carbon black dispersion;
Puncture resistance;
Tear resistance; and
Tensile properties.
5.
Geomembrane manufacturer shall perform these tests on
geomembrane, at a minimum of once every 50,000 ft2. Samples not
satisfying specifications shall result in rejection of the rolls represented
by the tests. At the geomembrane manufacturer’s discretion and
expense, additional testing of individual rolls may be performed to more
closely identify the non-complying rolls and to qualify individual rolls.
6.
The Environmental stress crack resistance test need not be run
at 1 per 50,000 ft2 frequency. Geomembrane manufacturer shall certify
that these tests have been performed for each resin in accordance with
test methods specified in Table 02778-2.
Table 02778-1
Properties for High Density Polyethylene Resin
Test
Test Method
Requirement
Specific Gravity (Density)
ASTM D-1501
>0.93
Melt Index
ASTM D-1238
<1.0 g/10 min
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 13 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Table 02778-2
Properties for High Density Polyethylene Liner (60 mil)
Properties
Test
Method
Manufacturer
QC Test
Frequency
Conformance
QA Test
Frequency
Required Test
Values(13)
Thickness (min. ave.)
• Lowest
individual for
8 out of 10
values
• Lowest
individual for
any of the 10
values
ASTM
D5994
1 per Roll
1 per 250,000
sf
57 mil
54 mil
51 mil
Asperity Height (min.
ave.) (1)(2)
GM 12
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 250,000
sf
20 mil
Sheet Density (min.)
ASTM
D792 or
ASTM
D1505
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 250,000
sf
0.940 g/cc
Tensile Properties(3)
(min. ave.)
ASTM
D6693
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 250,000
sf
• Yield Strength
126 lb/in
• Break Strength
90 lb/in
• Yield
Elongation
12%
• Break
Elongation
100%
Tear Resistance (min.
ave.)
ASTM
D1004
Die C
1 per 50,000 sf
N/A
42 lbs
Puncture Resistance
(min. ave.)
ASTM
D4883
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 250,000
sf
90 lbs
Stress Crack
Resistance(4)
ASTM
D5397
(App.)
(12)
N/A
300 hours
Carbon Black Content
(range)
ASTM
D1603 (5)
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 250,000
sf
2-3%
Carbon Black
Dispersion(6)
ASTM
D5596
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 250,000
sf
Category 1, 2,
or 3 (6)
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 14 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Properties
Test
Method
Manufacturer
QC Test
Frequency
Conformance
QA Test
Frequency
Required Test
Values(13)
Oxidative Induction
Time (OIT) (min.
ave.)(7)
(12)
N/A
• Std. OIT, or
ASTM
D3895
100 min
• High Pressure
OIT
ASTM
D5885
400 min
Oven Aging at 85⁰C
(5)(6)
ASTM
D5721
• Std. OIT (min.
ave.), %
retained after
90 days, or
ASTM
D3895
(12)
N/A
55%
• High Pressure
OIT(min.
ave.), %
retained after
90 days
ASTM
D5885
80%
UV Resistance (9)
GM 11
• Std. OIT (min.
ave.), or
ASTM
D3895
(12)
N/A
(10)
• High Pressure
OIT(min.
ave.), %
retained after
1600 hrs(11)
ASTM
D5885
50%
Min. Seam Strengths
• Shear, ppi
ASTM
D6392
1/1000 LF of
seam
1/1000 LF of
seam
120
• Peel, ppi
ASTM
D6392
1/1000 LF of
seam
1/1000 LF of
seam
88 for wedge
seams
78 for
extrusion
seams
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 15 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Properties
Test
Method
Manufacturer
QC Test
Frequency
Conformance
QA Test
Frequency
Required Test
Values(13)
Notes:
(1)
The lowest individual reading must be ≥ 17 mils
(2)
Test each side of the textured geomembrane recording a measurement every lineal foot of textured roll width.
(3)
Machine direction (MD) and cross machine direction (XMD) average values should be on the basis of 5 test
specimens each direction.
•
Elongation is calculated using a gage length of 1.3 inches.
•
Break elongation is calculated using a gage length of 2.0 inches.
(4)
The SP-NCTL test is not appropriate for testing geomembranes with textured or irregular rough surfaces. Test should
be conducted on smooth edges of textured rolls or on smooth sheets made from the same formulation as being used
for the textured sheet materials.
(5)
Other methods such as D 4218 (muffle furnace) appropriate correlation to D 1603 (tube furnace) can be established.
(6)
Carbon black dispersion (only near spherical agglomerates) for different views:
•
9 in Categories 1 or 2, and
•
1 in Category 3.
(7)
The manufacturer has the option to select either one of the OIT methods listed to evaluate the antioxidant in the
geomembrane.
(8)
It is also recommended to evaluate samples at 30 and 60 days to compare with the 90 day response.
(9)
The condition of the test should be 20 hr. UV cycle at 75⁰C followed by 4 hr. condensation at 60⁰C.
(10)
Not recommended since the high temperature of the Std-OIT test produces an unrealistic result for some of the
antioxidants in the UV exposed samples.
(11)
UV resistance is based on percent retained value regardless of the original HP-OIT value.
(12)
Manufacturer may provide certification letter.
(13)
Based on GRI GM13, Rev. 6, 6/23/03.
2.4
EXTRUDATE ROD OR BEAD
Meeting the geomembrane manufacturer requirements.
Made from same resin as the geomembrane.
Thoroughly disperse additives throughout rod or bead.
Containing 2 to 3 percent carbon black.
Free of contamination by moisture or foreign matter.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 16 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
Conformance Testing
1.
The CQA ENGINEER shall collect samples of geomembrane
for conformance testing, as outlined in the CQA Plan and as described
herein.
2.
The following tests shall be performed by the CQA Consultant
using the test methods listed in Table 02778-2 at the frequency specified
in the CQA Plan:
Thickness (minimum);
Density;
Tensile properties (all); and
Carbon black content.
3.
Geomembrane shall be rejected if conformance test results do
not meet or exceed the values presented in Table 02778-2.
3.2
INSTALLATION
Panel Layout
1.
Any anticipated modification to the geomembrane panel layout,
particularly at penetrations, or other critical locations should be
presented to the OWNER in writing or by drawing by the Geosynthetic
Installer a minimum of three (3) working days in advance of the Work
requiring the modification.
Panel Nomenclature
1.
A field panel is defined as a unit of geomembrane that is to be
seamed in the field (i.e., a field panel is a roll or a portion of roll cut in
the field).
2.
Identify each field panel with an identification code (number or
letter-number) consistent with Geosynthetics Installer’s layout plan.
This identification code shall be agreed upon by the OWNER,
Geosynthetic Installer, and CQA ENGINEER.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 17 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
3.
The Geosynthetics Installer shall be responsible for labeling
each panel as it is installed in bold print which is easily visible. The
labels shall include, as a minimum: identification code, which indicates
the sequence of deployment, the roll number from which the panel was
obtained and the date the panel was placed. The OWNER may refuse
to accept any panel, portion of panel, or roll which is not correctly
labeled.
Protection
1.
Do not use equipment or tools that damage geomembrane or
GCL by handling, trafficking, excessive tear, leakage of hydrocarbons,
or other means.
2.
Ensure prepared surface underlying geomembrane and GCL has
not deteriorated since previous acceptance, and remains acceptable
immediately prior to geomembrane and GCL deployment.
3.
Keep geosynthetic elements immediately underlying the
geomembrane clean and free of debris.
4.
Do not permit personnel to smoke or wear damaging shoes while
working on geomembrane.
5.
Unroll panels in a manner which does not cause excessive
scratches or crimps in geomembrane and does not damage the
underlying GCL or subgrade. Rub sheets must be used when deploying
textured geomembrane over GCL or prepared subgrade.
6.
Place panels in a manner which minimizes wrinkles (especially
differential wrinkles between adjacent panels.).
7.
Prevent wind uplift by providing adequate temporary loading
and/or anchoring (e.g., sandbags, tires) that will not damage
geomembrane. In case of high winds, continuous loading along panel
edges is recommended. It is the responsibility of the Geosynthetic
Installer to prevent wind damage to liner components.
8.
Minimize direct contact with geomembrane.
9.
Protect geomembrane in areas where excessive traffic is
expected with geotextiles, extra geomembrane, or other suitable
materials, as approved by the CQA ENGINEER.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 18 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
10.
Install material to account for shrinkage and contraction while
avoiding wrinkles. Install material stress-free with no bridging before
it is covered. Add material as needed to avoid bridging.
11.
Do not drive over the GCL, unless a proper demonstration has
been performed to assure survivability of the GCL
Field Panel Deployment
1.
Install field panels at locations indicated on the Geosynthetics
Installer’s layout plan, as approved by OWNER.
2.
Replace damaged (torn, twisted, or crimped) field panels, or
portions thereof, at no cost to OWNER. Repair lesser damage according
to Article 3.2.I of this Section. CQA ENGINEER shall determine if
material is to be repaired or replaced.
3.
Remove damaged panels or portions of damaged panels which
have been rejected from Work area.
4.
Do not deploy more geomembrane field panels in one day than
can be seamed during that day.
Seam Layout
1.
When possible, orient seams parallel to line of maximum slope
(i.e., oriented along, not across or at an angle to the slope).
2.
No horizontal seam shall be on a slope or less than 5 feet (1.5m)
from the toe of a slope, without prior acceptance by the CQA
ENGINEER.
3.
Do not locate seams in areas of potential stress concentrations,
unless otherwise authorized by OWNER.
4.
In general, maximize lengths of field panels and minimize
number of field seams.
5.
Use seam numbering system compatible with panel numbering
system.
Temporary Bonding
1.
Hot air device (“Lister”) may be used to temporarily bond
geomembrane panels that are to be extrusion welded.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 19 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
2.
Do not damage geomembrane when temporarily bonding
adjacent panels. Apply minimal amount of heat to lightly tack
geomembrane panels together. Control temperature of hot air at nozzle
of any temporary welding apparatus to prevent damage to
geomembrane.
3.
Do not use solvent or adhesive unless product is approved for
use, in writing, by the OWNER.
Seaming Methods
Approved processes for field seaming are extrusion welding and dual-track
fusion welding. Proposed alternate processes shall be documented and
submitted to OWNER for approval.
1.
Align geomembrane panels to have a nominal overlap of 3
inches for extrusion welding and 4 inches for fusion welding. The
Geosynthetics Installation CONTRACTOR shall indicate the lap by
making reference marks prior to seaming at an interval of not more than
fifty (50) feet. The location and type of reference mark shall be agreed
upon by all parties at the pre-construction meeting.
2.
After seaming operations have occurred, the remaining
overlap(s) shall be enough to destructively test. If insufficient overlap
for destructive testing is determined to exist on a portion of a seam, that
portion of the seam shall be reconstructed by the procedures described
in Article 3.2.I of this Section.
3.
Use double-fusion welding as primary method of seaming
adjacent field panels.
For cross seam tees associated with fusion welding, extrusion weld to a
minimum distance of 4 inches on each side of tee. The edge of the cross seam
is ground to an incline prior to welding.
Place electric generator on a smooth base such that no damage occurs to
geomembrane.
Place a protective layer (e.g., insulating plate or fabric) beneath hot welding
apparatus after usage.
When subgrade conditions dictate, use a movable protective layer directly
below each overlap of geomembrane that is to be seamed to prevent buildup
of moisture between sheets and prevent debris from collecting around
pressure rollers.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 20 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
4.
Use conventional extrusion welding as a secondary method for
seaming between adjacent panels and as a primary method of welding
for detail and repair Work.
Purge heat-degraded extrudate from barrel of extruder under the following
conditions:
1)
Prior to beginning a seam; and
2)
Whenever extruder has been inactive.
Place electric generator on a smooth base such that no damage occurs to
geomembrane.
Place a smooth insulating plate or fabric beneath hot welding apparatus after
usage.
Use clean and dry welding rods or extrudate pellets.
Complete grinding process without damaging geomembrane according to
manufacturer’s instructions within 1 hour of seaming operation.
Minimize exposed grinding marks adjacent to an extrusion weld. Do not
extend exposed grinding marks more than 1/4 inch from seam area. The
OWNER may request that all abraded areas be covered with extrudate.
Extrusion weld all cross seam tees to a minimize distance of 4 inches on each
side of the tee.
Seaming Procedures
1.
General Seaming Procedures; Ensure That:
Spare operable seaming equipment is on-site at all times;
Equipment used for seaming will not damage the geomembrane;
The electric generator is placed on a smooth base such that no damage occurs
to the geomembrane;
A smooth insulating plate or fabric is placed beneath the hot welding
apparatus after usage;
The geomembrane is protected from damage in heavily trafficked areas, using
a method approved by the CQA ENGINEER;
No solvent or adhesive is used unless the product is approved in writing by
the OWNER prior to use;
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 21 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Areas to be seamed shall be cleaned and free of moisture, debris, or any
marking on the geomembrane;
Use a flat board, a conveyor belt, or similar hard surface directly under the
seam overlap to achieve proper support, if required;
Cut fishmouths or wrinkles at the seam overlap along the ridge of the wrinkle
in order to achieve a flat overlap. The cut fishmouths or wrinkles shall be
seamed and any portion where the overlap is inadequate shall then be patched
with an oval or round patch of the same geomembrane extending a minimum
of six (6) inches beyond the cut in all directions;
Provide adequate illumination if seaming operations are carried out at night;
Extend seaming to the outside edge of panels placed in the anchor trench;
No field seaming shall be performed without the Seaming Supervisor being
present; and
The welding process (Restart/Reseaming procedures) shall start with grinding
the existing seam and rewelding a new seam. Welding shall commence where
the grinding started and must overlap the previous seam by at least two (2)
inches. Reseaming over an existing seam without regrinding shall not be
permitted.
Repair Procedures
1.
All seams and non-seam areas of the geomembrane shall be
inspected by the CQA Officer for defects, holes, blisters, undispersed
raw materials, and any sign of contamination by foreign matter.
Because light reflected by the geomembrane helps to detect defects, the
surface of the geomembrane shall be clean at the time of inspection.
The geomembrane surface shall be brushed, blown, or washed by the
Installer if the amount of dust or mud inhibits inspection. The CQA
Officer shall decide if cleaning of the geomembrane is needed to
facilitate inspection.
2.
Repair portions of geomembrane exhibiting a flaw, or failing a
destructive or nondestructive test.
3.
Final decision as to appropriate repair procedure shall be agreed
upon between OWNER, Geosynthetics Installation CONTRACTOR,
and CQA ENGINEER.
4.
Available repair procedures include the following:
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 22 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Patching: A piece of geomembrane extrusion welded into place. Use to
repair large holes, tears, undispersed raw materials, and contamination by
foreign matter.
Spot welding or seaming: A bead of molten extrudate placed on flaw. Use
to repair small tears, pinholes, or other minor, localized flaws.
Capping: A strip of geomembrane extrusion welded into place over an
inadequate seam. Use to repair large lengths of failed seams.
Extrusion welding the flap: A bead of molten extrudate placed on exposed
flap of fusion weld. Use to repair areas of inadequate fusion seams which
have an exposed edge. Repairs of this type shall be reviewed by CQA
ENGINEER and shall not exceed 50 feet in length.
Removal and replacement: Remove defective seams and replace with a strip
of new material welded into place. Use to repair large lengths of failed seams.
Acceptable wrinkle size and extent shall be determined and agreed upon by
all parties during the pre-construction meeting. Wrinkles larger than that
specified shall be cut and seamed, if the overlap is sufficient, or cut and
patched or capped.
5.
For any repair method, satisfy the following:
Surfaces of the geomembrane that are to be repaired using extrusion methods
shall be abraded no more than one (1) hour prior to the repair. No more than
10 percent of the thickness shall be removed.
Ensure surfaces are clean and dry at time of repair.
Ensure seaming equipment used in repairing procedures meets requirements
of this section.
Extend patches or caps at least 6 inches beyond edge of defect. Round corners
of patches with a radius of approximately 3 inches.
6.
Do not place overlying layers over locations which have been
repaired until appropriately passing nondestructive and laboratory test
results are obtained.
Anchor Trench
1.
Earthwork CONTRACTOR shall excavate anchor trenches,
unless otherwise specified, to lines and grades shown on design
Drawings, prior to geomembrane placement.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 23 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
2.
Provide slightly rounded corners in anchor trench to avoid sharp
bends in geomembrane.
3.
If anchor trench is excavated in clay material susceptible to
desiccation, the amount of trench open at any time shall be minimized,
subject to the approval of the CQA ENGINEER.
4.
Earthwork CONTRACTOR shall backfill and compact anchor
trench as described in Section 02222. Care shall be taken when
backfilling trenches to prevent any damage to geosynthetics.
5.
Earthwork CONTRACTOR will ensure that the anchor trench
will be adequately drained to prevent ponding or softening of adjacent
soils while trench is open.
3.3
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Visual Inspection
1.
CQA ENGINEER shall examine seam and non-seam areas of
geomembrane for identification of defects, holes, blisters, undispersed
raw materials, and any sign of contamination by foreign matter.
2.
Clean and wash geomembrane surface if CQA ENGINEER
determines that the amount of dust or mud inhibits examination.
3.
Do not seam any geomembrane panels that have not been
examined for flaws by CQA ENGINEER.
4.
Nondestructively test each suspect location of seam and non-
seam areas using methods described in Article 3.3.C of this Section, as
appropriate.
Trial Seams
1.
Make trial seams on fragment pieces of geomembrane liner to
verify that conditions are adequate for production seaming.
2.
Make trial seams at beginning of each seaming period, at the
CQA ENGINEER’s direction and at least once each four (4) hours, for
each production seaming apparatus used that day. Each seamer shall
make at least one trial seam each day. The CQA ENGINEER may, at
their sole discretion, require additional trial seams if surface
temperatures exceed 140 degrees Fahrenheit.
3.
Make trial seams under same conditions as actual seams.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 24 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
4.
Make trial seams only under observation by CQA ENGINEER.
5.
Overlap seam of geomembrane pieces as indicated in Article 3.2
G of the Section.
6.
Make trial seam sample at least 5 feet long by 1 foot wide (after
seaming) with seam centered lengthwise.
7.
Cut two specimens from sample with a 1-inch wide die. These
specimen locations shall be selected randomly along the trial seam
sample by the CQA ENGINEER. Test specimens in peel using a field
tensiometer. The tensiometer shall be capable of maintaining a constant
jaw separation rate of 2 inches per minute. These tests shall not fail
according to criteria in Table 02778-2.
8.
If a specimen fails, repeat the entire operation. If the additional
specimen fails, do not use seaming apparatus and seamer until the
deficiencies are corrected and two consecutive successful trial seams are
achieved.
9.
Cut remainder of successful trial seam into three pieces; one to
be retained in OWNER’s archives, one to be retained by Geosynthetics
Installation CONTRACTOR, and one to be retained by CQA
ENGINEER for possible laboratory testing. Alternatively, if required
by OWNER, remaining portion of trial seam sample may be subjected
to destructive testing as discussed in Article 3.3.D of this Section.
Nondestructive Seam Testing
1.
General
The purpose of nondestructive tests is to check the continuity of the seams.
It does not provide quantitative information on seam strength.
Nondestructively test field seams over their full length using a vacuum test
unit, air pressure (for double fusion seams only), or other method approved
by the CQA ENGINEER. Perform nondestructive testing as seaming Work
progresses, not at the completion of all field seaming.
2.
Vacuum Testing
Energize vacuum pump and reduce tank pressure to approximately 5 psi (10
inches of mercury (in Hg)) gauge pressure.
Wet strip of seam area approximately 12 inches by 48 inches with soapy
solution.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 25 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Place box over wetted area.
Close bleed valve and open vacuum valve.
Ensure that a leak tight seal is created.
For a period of not less than 10 seconds, apply vacuum and examine seam
area through viewing window for presence of soap bubbles.
If no bubbles appear within 10 seconds, close vacuum valve and open bleed
valve, move box over to next adjoining area with a minimize 3-inch overlap
and repeat process.
Mark and repair areas where soap bubbles appear in accordance with Article
3.2.I of this Section.
3.
Air Pressure Testing (for double fusion seam only)
Temporarily seal both ends of seam to be tested using locking pliers or other
similar devices.
Insert needle or other approved pressure feed device into air channel created
by fusion weld.
Place a protective layer between air pump and geomembrane.
Pressurize air channel to a pressure of approximately 30 psi. Close valve and
allow pressure to stabilize for approximately 2 minutes. Ensure after 2-
minute stabilization period that the pressure is between 27 and 33 psi.
Observe the air pressure 5 minutes after the initial 2-minute stabilization
period ends. If pressure loss exceeds 3 psi or the pressure does not stabilize,
locate the faulty area and repair in accordance with Article 3.2.I of this
Section.
Once pressure testing is completed, cut end of tested seam area opposite to
needle insertion end to verify continuity of the air channel. If air does not
escape, locate blockage and retest unpressurized area. Repair cut end of air
channel in accordance with Article 3.2.I of this Section.
Remove needle or other approved pressure feed device and seal hole in
geomembrane with extrusion weld.
4.
Inaccessible Seams
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 26 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
Install cap strip over any seam that cannot be nondestructively tested. Cap
strip material shall be composed of the same type and thickness geomembrane
as the geomembrane to be capped.
CQA ENGINEER shall observe cap stripping operations for uniformity and
completeness.
Destructive Seam Testing
1.
General
The purpose of destructive seam testing is to evaluate seam strength. Perform
destructive seam tests as seaming progresses, not at the completion of all field
work. A failed destructive seam sample shall result if grips of testing machine
cannot be closed on sample test flap due to excessive temporary welding.
2.
Frequency
A minimum frequency of one test location per 1,000 feet of seam length
performed by each welder. This minimum frequency is to be determined as
an average taken throughout the entire facility.
OWNER reserves the right to increase the frequency of testing in accordance
with performance results of samples previously tested.
3.
Sampling Procedures
Cut samples at locations as directed by CQA ENGINEER. CQA ENGINEER
shall number each sample and record sample number and location on the
panel layout Drawing.
Repair holes in geomembrane resulting from destructive seam sampling
immediately in accordance with repair procedures described in Article 3.2.I
of this Section.
Nondestructively test continuity of new seams in the repaired area according
to Article 3.3.C of this Section.
4.
Sample Dimensions
Take the following two types of samples at each sampling location:
Take two samples for field testing. Cut each of these samples with a 1-inch-
wide die, with seam centered parallel to width. The distance between these
two samples shall be 42 inches. If both samples pass the field test described
in Article 3.3 D of this Section, take a sample for laboratory testing as
described in paragraph b below.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 27 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
The sample for laboratory testing shall be located between the samples cut for
field testing. Cut sample for laboratory testing 12 inches wide by 42 inches
long with seam centered lengthwise. Cut this sample into three parts. CQA
ENGINEER shall distribute the parts as follows:
1)
One
portion
to
Geosynthetics
Installation
CONTRACTOR for optional laboratory testing, 12
inches by 12 inches.
2)
One portion to Geosynthetic Quality Assurance
Laboratory for testing, 12 inches by 18 inches.
3)
One portion to OWNER for archive storage, 12 inches
by 12 inches.
4)
Final determination of sample sizes shall be agreed upon
at the pre-construction meeting.
5.
Field Testing
Test the two 1-inch-wide strips described in Article 3.3.D of this Section for
peel strength. Use a tensiometer as described in paragraph (b) below to
conduct these tests. These tests shall exceed the strength criteria in Table
02278-2.
Use a tensiometer capable of maintaining a constant jaw separation rate of
two inches per minute.
Test field samples only under CQA ENGINEER’s observation.
If test sample passes in accordance with the Section, the seam qualifies for
laboratory testing. If any field test sample fails to pass, the follow procedures
outlined in Article 3.3.D of this Section.
Final judgment regarding seam acceptability, based on failure criteria in these
specifications, rests with CQA ENGINEER.
6.
Destructive Test Failure Procedures
Apply following procedures when a sample fails destructive testing,
when conducted by CQA Laboratory or by the Geosynthetics
CONTRACTOR using a field tensiometer.
Geosynthetics CONTRACTOR has the following options:
1)
Repair seam between any two passing destructive test
locations, or
2)
Trace welding path to an intermediate point (10 feet
minimum from point of failed test in each direction) and
take a small sample at each location with a 1-inch-wide
die for an additional field test. If these additional samples
pass the test, take full laboratory samples. If these
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 28 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
laboratory samples pass the tests, repair seam between
these locations. If either sample fails, repeat process to
establish zone in which seam should be repaired.
a)
Acceptable repaired seams shall be bound by two
locations from which samples passing laboratory
destructive tests have been taken. Passing
laboratory destructive tests of trial seam samples,
taken as indicated in Article 3.3.D of this Section,
may be used as a boundary for the failing seam.
In cases exceeding 150 feet of repaired seam, a
sample taken from the zone in which seam has
been repaired shall pass destructive testing.
Make repairs in accordance with Article 3.2.I of
this Section.
b)
When a sample fails, OWNER may require
additional testing of seams that were welded by
the same welder and/or welding apparatus during
the same time shift.
Repair Verification
1.
Nondestructively test each repair using methods described in
Article 3.3.C of this Section, as appropriate. CQA ENGINEER shall
number and log each repair.
2.
Passing nondestructive test results indicate an adequate repair.
3.
Repairs more than 150 feet long require destructive test
sampling, in accordance with Article 3.3.D of this Section.
4.
Failed destructive or nondestructive tests indicate that the repair
shall be redone and retested until a passing test results.
Large Wrinkles
Wrinkles are considered to be large when a geomembrane can be folded over
onto itself.
1.
Cut and reseam all wrinkles identified by CQA ENGINEER.
Test repair seams in accordance with Article 3.3.E of this Section.
3.4
PROTECTION OF WORK
The Geosynthetics Installation CONTRACTOR shall use all means necessary to
protect all materials and all partially completed and completed Work of these
Specifications.
North Cell Phase 2 Earthwork & Liner Construction
Glendale Landfill
Division 2
April 2024
Section 02778
Page 29 of 30
GEOMEMBRANE
In the event of damage, the Geosynthetics Installation CONTRACTOR shall make
all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the CQA ENGINEER
and at no additional cost to the OWNER.
The CQA ENGINEER will issue an approval of the geomembrane liner
installation and inspection to the OWNER prior to placement of any material over
the geomembrane.
3.5
RECORD DRAWINGS
After the completion of installation of geomembrane liner, the installer shall
complete an “as-built” record drawing. The plan shall be prepared by the installer
and reviewed/approved by the CQA ENGINEER and shall be at a scale of no less
than 1 inch = 100 feet. It shall indicate the limits of geomembrane installed, panel
layout with panel identification per Article 3.2.B of this Section, location of
destructive seam testing samples, and location of repairs. Identification of
destructive seam testing samples and repairs shall be coordinated with the CQA
ENGINEER to match with the identification used in sampling and repair logs and
test reports. Additionally, the limits of geomembrane will be surveyed by
CONTRACTOR.
END OF SECTION
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 1 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
SECTION 02779
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
The Geosynthetics Installation CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials,
tools, equipment supervision, transportation, and installation services necessary
for the installation of the Geosynthetic Clay Liners (GCL) of the cell. The Work
shall be carried out in accordance with these Specifications, the CQA Plan, and
the Construction Drawings.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
Section 02221 – Excavating and Stockpiling.
Section 02222 – Earth Fills.
Section 02778 – Geomembrane.
1.3
REFERENCES
Latest ASTM Standards or other recognized agency standards at the time construction
documents are issued for the following items:
Sieve Analysis of Fine and Course Aggregates;
Particle Size Analysis of Soil;
Tensile Properties of Plastics;
Compaction Characteristics of Soil;
Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film or Sheeting;
Water (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock, and Soil-aggregate Mixtures;
Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Fabric;
Sampling of Geosynthetics for Testing;
Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles;
Water (Moisture) Content of Soil by the Microwave;
Specification Conformance of Geosynthetics;
Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls;
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 2 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
Hydraulic Conductivity of Saturated Porous Materials;
Measuring Nominal Thickness of Geotextiles and Geomembranes;
Mass per Unit Area of Geotextiles;
Coefficient of Soil and Geosynthetic or Geosynthetic and Geosynthetic Friction;
Index Flux through Saturated Geosynthetic Clay Liner;
Guide for Storage and Handling of Geosynthetic Clay Liners;
Quality Control of Geosynthetic Clay Liners;
Fluid Loss of Clay Component of Geosynthetic Clay Liners;
Mass Per Unit of Geosynthetic Clay Liners; and
Coefficient of Soil and Geosynthetic or Geosynthetic and Geosynthetic Friction
by the Direct Shear Method.
1.4
DEFINITIONS
Bentonite: Clay soil, comprised primarily of sodium montmorillonite, characterized by high-
swelling potential and low-hydraulic conductivity.
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Consultant: The OWNER or the monitoring firm
responsible for implementation of the CQA plan.
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Laboratory: The party, independent from the
OWNER, Manufacturer, Fabricator, and Installer, responsible for conducting tests on
samples of geosynthetics obtained at the site. Also referred to as the Geosynthetics
Laboratory.
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Officer: The professional representative of the CQA
monitoring firm who shall be responsible for implementation of the CQA plan.
Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Monitor: Site representative of the CQA Monitor
responsible for documenting field observations and tests.
ENGINEER: The individual or firm responsible for the design and preparation of the project
Construction Drawings and Specifications.
Geomembrane: An essentially impermeable synthetic membrane used as a solid or liquid
barrier. Synonymous term for flexible membrane layer (FML).
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 3 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
Geosynthetic Clay Liner (GCL): Relatively thin factory-manufactured liner material
consisting of bentonite supported by textile backing or geomembrane held together by
needling, stitching, or chemical adhesives.
Installer: The party responsible for field handling, transporting, storing, deploying, and
temporary restraining (against wind) of the GCL.
Lot: Group of consecutively numbered rolls from the same manufacturing line.
GCL Manufacturer (Manufacturer): The party responsible for the production and quality of
GCL.
Minimum Average Roll Value (MARV): Minimum value of a limited series of tests that
represents a value two standard deviations lower than the overall average value.
Ninety-five percent of any individual samples will have greater than the MARV for
any given property.
Textile Backing (textile or geotextile): Geosynthetic support material consisting of woven slit
film, needle-punched nonwoven, or spunlaced polymer fabric, used for supporting
bentonite in a GCL.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
Product Data (Manufacturer): Submit the following 7 days prior to shipping material
to the site.
1.
Textile Backing
Certification stating that the textiles meet the product requirements and are
needle-free.
Copy of quality control tests performed by textile supplier (if different from
GCL manufacturer).
Copy of quality control tests performed by GCL manufacturer.
2.
Bentonite
Certification stating that the bentonite meets the product requirements (Table
02779-1).
Copy of quality control tests performed by bentonite supplier.
Copy of quality control tests performed by GCL manufacturer (if different than
supplier).
3.
GCL
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 4 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
Certification stating that the GCL meets the product requirements (Table 02779-
1).
Copy of quality control tests performed by GCL manufacturer.
Permeability testing on typical product by independent laboratory (not
necessarily for product delivered to site).
Laboratory test data on typical product for:
1)
Swell
2)
Permeability of overlapped GCL
3)
Freeze-thaw behavior of GCL
Supply 3-foot by 12-foot sample to CQA organization for testing.
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
The OWNER will engage and pay for the services of (1) Construction Quality
Assurance Monitor, and (2) Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Laboratory to
monitor the quality and installation of the GCL unless otherwise specified.
The manufacturer shall not charge any time or material expenses to the OWNER,
related to a plant visit by the OWNER/ENGINEER representations, the CQA
Monitor, or designated representative to visit the plant during manufacturing.
The GCL Installer shall aid the CQA Monitor in product sampling by providing
personnel and equipment necessary to move, cut, and protect GCL rolls.
1.7
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
General: Conform to the manufacturer’s requirements unless otherwise specified.
Delivery
1.
Deliver materials to the site only after the CQA Monitor accepts
required submittals.
2.
Material shall be covered with a waterproof, tightly-fitting, plastic
covering resistant to ultraviolet degradation.
3.
Ship less than one month prior to scheduled installation.
4.
Ship in closed trailer or securely tarped flat bed.
5.
Each roll shall be marked with the following information:
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 5 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
Manufacturer’s name;
Product identification;
Lot and roll numbers; and
Roll dimensions and weight.
Storage
1.
Store rolls in the GCL storage pad location indicated on the
drawings.
2.
Stack no more than three (3) rolls high, and provide continuous
support under each roll.
3.
Protect rolls from precipitation, mud, dirt, dust, puncture, cutting,
or any other damaging or deleterious conditions.
4.
Preserve integrity and readability of roll labels.
Handling
1.
Use appropriate handling equipment to load, move, or deploy
GCL rolls. A 3-inch Schedule 120 steel support pipe, long enough to go
through the entire roll core, mounted on a fork lift or lifted with a wide
spreader bar, shall be used. If a spreader bar is used, it shall be wide
enough to prevent damage to the edges of the rolls from the lifting strap
or chain.
2.
Handling of rolls shall be done in a competent manner such that
damage does not occur to the product or to its protective wrapping. Follow
handling procedures outlined in ASTM D-4873.
3.
Damage to protective covering due to mishandling or sampling
must be repaired immediately. Repairs shall be such that the GCL roll is
protected from moisture or other deleterious conditions.
4.
Installer is responsible for off-loading, storage, and transporting
material from storage area to installation site.
PART 2:
PRODUCTS
2.1
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LINER (GCL)
The GCL shall consist of a layer of bentonite encapsulated between two
geotextiles, meeting characteristics as indicated on the Drawings. The bentonite
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 6 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
shall be a high quality, natural sodium bentonite composed of a minimum of 80
percent montmorillonite, by dry weight, when tested by X-ray diffraction methods.
The GCL shall be internally reinforced through a process such as needle punching
through the top and bottom layers of geotextile and the bentonite. The reinforcing
fibers shall be a polypropylene thread.
Continuous water-proof laplines and matchlines shall be printed directly on the
geotextile-type GCL at 6 and 9 inches from the edges of the rolls, respectively.
Wrapped around structurally-sound core that can support weight of GCL without
excessive bending or buckling. The core shall be accessible to stingers or rods
placed full-length within the core.
Meet the requirements of Table 02779-1.
2.2
MANUFACTURER SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
Perform the quality control tests at the frequencies meeting, at a minimum, the
requirements of Geosynthetic Research Institute (GRI) Test Method GRI-GCL3.
Provide a certification letter that states all quality control tests were performed in
accordance with this Specification and all properties met or exceeded the
requirements listed in Table 02779-1.
Supply copies of testing data, results, and certification letter to CQA Monitor.
Table 02779-1
Properties for Geosynthetic Clay Liner
Test
Test Designation(1)
Manufacturer
QC Test
Frequency
Conformance
QA Test
Frequency
Requirement
Bentonite
Moisture Content
ASTM D-5993
(8)
1 per 100,000 sf
<40% when installed for
geotextile-type GCL
Particle Size
ASTM D-422
(8)
<20% passing #200 U.S.
sieve
Swell Index
ASTM D5890
(8)
>24 ml/2 g
Fluid Loss, max.
ASTM D5891
1 per 100,000 lbs
N/A
18 ml
Geotextile(2)
Mass per Unit Area
ASTM D-5291
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 100,000 sf
>5.0 oz/yd2
GCL(2)
Mass per Unit Area
ASTM D-5993
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 100,000 sf
>0.75 pounds(3)
Tensile Strength
ASTM D-6768
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 250,000 sf
>23 pounds/in
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 7 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
Test
Test Designation(1)
Manufacturer
QC Test
Frequency
Conformance
QA Test
Frequency
Requirement
Peel Strength
ASTM D-6469
1 per 50,000 sf
1 per 250,000 sf
(6)
Puncture (7)
ASTM D4833
1 per 100,000 sf
1 per 250,000 sf
90 lbs
Hydraulic
Conductivity
ASTM D-5887
1 per 100,000 sf
1 per 250,000 sf
<5.0 x 10-9 cm/sec(4)
Internal Shear
Strength (min)
ASTM D6243
1 per project
N/A
Lbs/sf(6)
Residual Shear
Strength(5)
ASTM D-6243
N/A
See Note 5
Confining
Stress
Shear
Stress
psf
psf
5,000
1,278
10,000
2,280
15,000
3,935
Notes:
(1)
Alternate tests are allowed only with prior written approval of ENGINEER.
(2)
Required values for geotextile and GCL are MARV.
(3)
Weight of GCL minus weight of geotextiles or geomembrane and corrected to 0 percent bentonite moisture content.
(4)
Measured at 5 - 10 psi confining pressure and 2 psi head pressure.
(5)
As a performance test for the liner system materials, determine residual shear strength (at each confining stress level) of the liner
system with shear failure possible via the following mechanisms: (1) internal GCL strength, (2) HDPE geomembrane/GCL
interface strength, (3) GCL/soil subgrade interface strength and (4) geomembrane/geocomposite interface strength. Failure should
occur first within the geomembrane/geocomposite interface. As an alternative, and upon approval by the ENGINEER, each
interface may be tested separately at each confining stress level. The interface with the lowest peak shear strength at each confining
stress level shall be deemed to control and the residual strength of the interface shall be compared to the values listed to identify
conformance with this Section.
(6)
Required value shall be taken from manufacturer’s standard material specification sheet for the selected GCL material. GCL
selection shall be based on material’s ability to meet or exceed the requirements identified in the site’s design.
(7)
Puncture test to be performed on GCL material used in base liner applications where material is placed directly on subgrade.
(8)
A. Perform the quality control tests at the frequencies meeting, at a minimum, the requirements of Geosynthetic Research Institute
(GRI) Test Method GRI-GCL3. Provide a certification letter that states all quality control tests were performed in
accordance with this Specification and all properties met or exceeded the requirements listed in Table 02779-1.
PART 3:
EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE
The Earthwork CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preparing the supporting
subgrade for placement of the geosynthetics. The OWNER shall coordinate the
Work of the earthwork CONTRACTOR and the Geosynthetic Installation
CONTRACTOR so that the requirements of the specifications and the project
CQA Plan are met.
Subgrade shall be compacted as specified in Section 02223.
Subgrade shall be rolled to a smooth and level surface.
Surface shall be free of organics or other deleterious material.
Fill voids and cracks.
Ruts shall be limited to 1-inch maximum depth.
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 8 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
3.2
SUBGRADE CONFORMANCE REVIEW
Before the geomembrane installation begins, the CQA ENGINEER shall verify
that:
1.
A qualified land surveyor has verified all lines and grades;
2.
A qualified engineer has verified that the supporting subgrade meets all
requirements in the project specifications;
3.
The surface to be lined has been rolled, compacted, or handworked so
as to be free of irregularities, protrusions, loose soil, and abrupt changes
in grade;
4.
Round edges of Anchor Trenches or cushion with geotextiles;
5.
The surface to be lined does not contain stones which may be damaging
to the geosynthetics;
6.
There is no area excessively softened by high water content;
7.
The Geosynthetic Installer, on a daily basis, shall certify in writing that
the surface on which the geosynthetics will be installed is acceptable.
A certificate of acceptance shall be given to the Geosynthetic Installer
and to the CQA ENGINEER prior to commencement of liner
deployment in the area under consideration. The OWNER shall be
given a copy of this certificate by the CQA ENGINEER;
8.
After the supporting subgrade has been accepted by the Geosynthetic
Installer, it is the Geosynthetic Installer’s responsibility to indicate to
the OWNER any change in the support subgrade condition that may
require repair Work. The surface to be lined must exhibit adequate
strength, as required by the OWNER, prior to liner deployment. Any
damage to the subgrade caused by installation activities shall be repaired
at the Geosynthetic Installer’s expense. The OWNER may consult the
CQA ENGINEER regarding the need for repairs. If the CQA
ENGINEER concurs with the Geosynthetic Installer, the OWNER shall
ensure that the supporting subgrade is repaired; and
9.
At any time before or during the liner installation, the CQA ENGINEER
shall indicate to the OWNER any locations, which may not be
adequately prepared for the liner.
3.3
DEPLOYMENT
General
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 9 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
1.
Deploy only after subgrade is accepted by CQA Monitor.
2.
Place nonwoven side up, or in accordance with Manufacturer’s
recommendation.
3.
Deploy manually or by use of spreader bar attached to loader or
backhoe with support rod through entire roll width.
4.
Take care not to entrap objects or moisture beneath GCL.
5.
Beginning deployment implies acceptance of subgrade by
installer.
3.4
JOINING
Overlaps
1.
Using the lapline and matchline as guides, overlap a minimum of
6 inches along length and 18 inches along width (butt seams).
2.
Overlap a minimum of 18 inches along width and in sump areas.
3.
Overlaps or seams are not allowed perpendicular (horizontal
seams) to slopes greater than 10 percent. In these areas, GCLs must be
placed in one piece along the entire slope.
4.
If length of slope is greater than manufactured length, horizontal
seams staggered between adjacent panels will be allowed at the direction
of the OWNER.
Seams
1.
Spread granular bentonite at the rate of 4 ounces per lineal foot of
overlap. Bentonite along overlaps parallel to the length of the roll is not
required if manufacturer can document (through GRI GCL-3 or similar
testing) that the edges of the roll are manufactured in a manner such that
permeability at the overlaps is no greater than the permeability of the GCL
material. Approval to forego the use of additional bentonite along seams
must be received in writing from the design ENGINEER before
installation begins.
2.
Bentonite shall be same material used in the GCL.
3.
Use lime spreader for powder bentonite to reduce wind-blown
particles.
4.
Do not sew or use mechanical connections (except for repairs).
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 10 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
3.5
RESTRAINING AND PROTECTING
Restrain GCL against wind using sandbags filled with fine-grained material, or other
approved methods. Protect GCL from water intrusion in the event of precipitation.
Sandbags must remain until GCL is covered.
GCL must be fully covered with geomembrane the day it is installed. No more than
two acres will be exposed prior to covering to minimize GCL hydration from wet
weather. If overlying geomembrane is not seamed the same day, the Monitor may
request geomembrane edges to be pulled back to inspect GCL at no additional cost
to OWNER. Torn, punctured, or hydrated material shall be removed and replaced in
accordance with Section 3.6 at no additional cost to OWNER.
GCL bentonite material that becomes hydrated to a moisture content greater than 40
percent before being covered by a seamed geomembrane may be rejected. Rejected
material shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the OWNER.
3.6
REPAIR PROCEDURES
Remove punctured, torn, or hydrated material, and as instructed by the CQA
Monitor.
Repair subgrade, if necessary.
Cover area with same type of GCL material with same side up.
Overlap defective area by a minimum of 12 inches in all directions.
Adhesion tape or wood glue may be used to keep patch in place.
Apply granular bentonite as with normal overlaps at 4 ounces per linear foot.
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
General
1.
Field quality control is the responsibility of the GCL Installer who
must document that the installation proceeds in accordance with this
specification.
2.
Field quality assurance is the responsibility of the CQA Monitor.
The GCL Installer and CQA Monitor shall inspect:
1.
The underlying surface for entrapped particles that may impact the
GCL.
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 11 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
2.
The surface of the GCL for needles, punctures, tears, thinning, or
other evidence that the material may not meet specification requirements.
3.
The GCL for evidence of premature hydration such as wet areas
or swelling. Hydrated areas (moisture content >40%) shall be removed
and replaced with dry material.
4.
Overlaps using the laplines and matchlines as a guide. The
Monitor shall periodically measure the distance of the laplines and
matchlines from the edge of the GCL.
5.
The bentonite seam (if necessary) to check the location of the
seams over the overlap and the amount of bentonite being used.
6.
The Monitor must approve each section of the GCL before the
GCL is covered.
The GCL Installer shall aid the CQA Monitor in collecting samples for testing. The
collection of samples shall be conducted in accordance with the CQA Plan, this
specification, and the manufacturer’s requirements.
1.
Any roll that cannot be identified shall be rejected.
2.
Samples shall be tested at a minimum frequency as specified in the
CQA Plan for mass per unit area, grab strength, and permeability. Only
one sample per GCL type is required for interface shear and internal shear
testing.
3.
A minimum of one sample shall be taken from each lot.
4.
Sample shall be a minimum of two (2) feet long and run the entire
width of the roll.
5.
Mark the roll number and machine direction on each sample.
Quality Assurance Laboratory Testing (by CQA Monitor)
1.
The following laboratory tests will be conducted by the CQA
Monitor at the frequencies identified in the CQA Plan:
Mass per unit area (ASTM D 5993);
GCL Grab strength (ASTM D 4632);
Permeability (ASTM D5887);
Moisture Content (ASTM D 2216); and
Internal Shear Strength (ASTM D-6243), see note 2 below.
October 2020
Section 02779
Page 12 of 11
GEOSYNTHETIC CLAY LAYER
2.
Test specimens shall be hydrated under 200 psf normal load for 24
hours, and subsequently tested for shear strength at normal loads of 5,000,
10,000, and 15,000 pounds per square foot.
3.
The test results shall be evaluated according to ASTM D-4759 and
must the minimum requirements stated in Table 02779-1.
3.8
ACCEPTANCE
CONTRACTOR shall retain ownership and responsibility of GCL until acceptance
by the OWNER.
OWNER will accept GCL installation when:
1.
All required documentation from the manufacturer and installer
has been received and accepted;
2.
Test reports verifying material properties have been received and
accepted;
3.
The CQA Monitor has completed final inspection and any noted
defects have been repaired; and
4.
The material is in place and covered with seamed and anchored
geomembrane.
END OF SECTION
April 2024
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX A
PROJECT DRAWINGS
EXHIBIT F
Statement of All Clarifications and Assumptions
1 page
Exhibit F Page 1 of 1
May 30, 2024
Exhibit F – Clarifications
1. GMP is based on the following documents:
a. Project Specifications dated April 2024
b. Project Plans dated 4/26/2024
2. GMP quantities are based on Rummel’s take-offs, which vary from Engineer’s Quantities
3. Bench Liner Termination has been priced per detail 9/C501; PLEASE NOTE
a. Bench liner termination includes
i. Grading slopes above termination – with this detail, there is not a way to grade
slope above termination during phase 3/phase 4. These slopes are subject to
erosion/rilling which will need to be addressed during phase 3/phase 4.
ii. GCL and Liner material and installation across bench and up slope approximate
8’. These quantities were not included in the main GCL and Geomembrane
quantities.
iii. Sacrificial HDPE cap to protect GCL. Any future moisture
penetration/absorption of GCL due to water infiltration from upslope which
may require GCL repairs/replacements would be considered extra work or work
to be done under future phases.
iv. Plywood and snow fence protection.
4. LCRS drain rock is ASTM No. 4 rock which might differ slightly from specification.
5. Owner’s contingency is 5% of DCC
6. Contractor’s contingency is cover any possible geosynthetic material increases due to continued
supply chain concerns.
EXHIBIT G
Schedule of Major Milestones
1 page
ID
Task Name
Duration
Start
Finish
1
NTP ‐ Early Start
0 days
Mon 9/16/24
Mon 9/16/24
2
Glendale Phase II Liner Installation
68 days
Mon 9/16/24
Fri 12/20/24
3
Mobilization
5 days
Mon 9/16/24
Fri 9/20/24
4
Screen Ops Layer
24 days
Mon 9/23/24
Thu 10/24/24
5
Grade & Prep Slopes for Liner
13 days
Mon 9/23/24
Wed 10/9/24
6
Grade & Prep Floor for Liner
7 days
Thu 10/3/24
Fri 10/11/24
7
Liner Installation
30 days
Mon 10/14/24 Fri 11/22/24
8
LCRS Collection System
10 days
Mon 11/11/24 Fri 11/22/24
9
Place Operations Layer
13 days
Mon 11/25/24 Fri 12/13/24
10
Substantial Completion
0 days
Fri 12/13/24
Fri 12/13/24
11
Punch List & Demobe
5 days
Mon 12/16/24 Fri 12/20/24
9/16
12/13
9/8 9/15 9/22 9/29 10/610/1310/2010/2711/311/1011/1711/2412/1 12/812/1512/221
tember
October
November
December
Task
Split
Milestone
Summary
Project Summary
Inactive Task
Inactive Milestone
Inactive Summary
Manual Task
Duration-only
Manual Summary Rollup
Manual Summary
Start-only
Finish-only
External Tasks
External Milestone
Deadline
Progress
Manual Progress
Exhibit G
City of Glendale Municipal Landfill North Cell Liner Phase II; Project Number 232425
Preliminary Schedule
May 30, 2024
Rummel Construction, Inc.
Page 1 of 1
Project: Glendale Phase 2 Liner
Date: Thu 5/30/24
City of Glendale Standard Form Agreement Between Owner and CM@Risk (May 15, 2023)
EXHIBIT H
Dispute Resolution Procedures
1.
Disputes.
1.1
Each Dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement (including Disputes
regarding any alleged breaches of this Agreement) shall be initiated and decided
under the provisions of this Exhibit.
1.2
CMAR and City shall each designate in writing to the other party, from time to
time, a member of senior management who shall be authorized to attempt to
expeditiously resolve any Dispute relating to the subject matter of this Agreement
in an equitable manner.
1.3
A party shall initiate a Dispute by delivery of written notice to the members of
management designated by the respective parties under Section 1.2 of this Exhibit.
1.4
The parties must:
(A)
Attempt to resolve all Disputes promptly, equitably and in a good faith
manner; and
(B)
Provide each other with reasonable access during normal business hours to
any and all non-privileged records, information and data pertaining to any
such Dispute.
1.5
With respect to matters concerning modification of the GMP or any schedule,
CMAR must first follow the provisions of any Claim procedure established by the
Design-Build Agreement before seeking relief under these Procedures.
2.
Emergency Arbitration.
2.1
If the parties are unable to accomplish resolution of a Dispute, the expedited
resolution of which either party considers necessary to prevent or mitigate a
material delay to the critical path of the Services (a "Time Sensitive Dispute")
within two days after the Time Sensitive Dispute has been initiated by a party, either
party may thereafter seek emergency relief before an emergency arbitrator (the
"Emergency Arbitrator") appointed as follows:
(A)
The parties will exercise best efforts to pre-select an Emergency Arbitrator
within 20 days after entering into this Agreement;
(B)
If the Emergency Arbitrator has not been selected at the time a party delivers
Notice of a Time Sensitive Dispute, the parties will each select a
representative within one day after the Notice is delivered and the two
representatives will then select the Emergency Arbitrator by the third day
following delivery of the Notice.
(C)
The Emergency Arbitrator shall be an attorney with at least ten (10) years’
experience with commercial construction legal matters in Maricopa County,
Arizona, be independent, impartial, and not have engaged in any business
for or adverse to either party for at least ten (10) years.
2.2
The Emergency Arbitrator will conduct a hearing and render a written
determination on the Dispute to both parties within five business days of the matter
being referred to him or her, all in accordance with Rules O-1 to O-8 of the
City of Glendale Standard Form Agreement Between Owner and CM@Risk (May 15, 2023)
American Arbitration Association ("AAA") Commercial Rules-Optional Rules for
Emergency Protection Commercial Rules ("AAA Emergency Rules").
2.3
Although the hearing will be conducted using AAA rules, unless both parties agree
otherwise, this dispute process will not be administered by the AAA but will be
conducted by the parties in accordance with these procedures.
2.4
If, however, an Emergency Arbitrator has not selected within three days after
delivery of the Notice, either party may upon three days additional notice, thereafter
seek emergency relief before the AAA, in accordance with the AAA Emergency
Rules, provided that the Emergency Arbitrator meets the qualifications set forth
above.
2.5
All proceedings to arbitrate Time Sensitive Disputes shall be conducted in
Glendale, Arizona.
2.6
Presentation, request for determination (i.e., a party’s prayer), and the Emergency
Arbitrators decision will adhere to the procedures required in Section 3.6 of this
Exhibit.
2.7
The finding of the Emergency Arbitrator with respect to any Time Sensitive
Dispute will be binding upon the parties on an interim basis during progress of the
Services, subject to review de novo by arbitration after the Project Substantial
Completion Date.
2.8
The time and extent of discovery will be as determined by the Emergency
Arbitrator.
(A)
Discovery orders of the Emergency Arbitrator will consider the time
sensitivity of the matter and the parties desire to resolve the issue in the
most time and costs efficient manner;
(B)
The parties are obligated to cooperate fully and completely in the provision
of documents and other information, including joint interviews of
individuals with knowledge such that the matter moves toward resolution
in the most time and costs efficient manner and the Emergency Arbitrator
is empowered to fashion any equitable penalty against a party that fail to
meet this obligation.
3.
Non-Emergency Arbitration.
3.1
Except as provided in Section 5 of this Exhibit, any Dispute that is either a non-
emergency Dispute that has not been resolved by negotiation, or a de novo review
of an AAA emergency arbitration will be decided by binding arbitration by a panel
of three arbitrators in accordance with, but not necessarily administered by, the
Construction Industry Rules of the AAA.
(A)
The parties shall each select an arbitrator within 15 days after notice that a
party desires to resolve a dispute by arbitration.
(B)
The two arbitrators shall then each select a third arbitrator. If an arbitrator
is not selected within any such 15 day period, then the arbitrator shall be
appointed by the AAA.
3.2
The arbitrator(s) shall meet the qualifications of Emergency Arbitrators as provided
in Section 2 of this Exhibit.
City of Glendale Standard Form Agreement Between Owner and CM@Risk (May 15, 2023)
3.3
The arbitrators do not have the authority to consider or award punitive damages as
part of the arbitrators' award.
3.4
In connection with such arbitration, each party shall be entitled to conduct up to
five depositions, and, no less than 90 days prior to the date of the arbitration hearing,
each party shall deliver to the other party copies of all documents in the delivering
party's possession that are relevant to the dispute.
3.5
The arbitration hearing shall be held within 150 days of the appointment of the
arbitrators.
3.6
At the arbitration hearing, each party will argue its position to the arbitrators in
support of one proposed resolution to the dispute (a “Proposed Resolution”).
(A)
Each party’s Proposed Resolution must be fully dispositive of the dispute.
(B)
The arbitrators must select one Proposed Resolution by majority consent
and are not free to fashion any alternative resolutions.
(C)
The parties must submit their proposed resolution of the matter to the
arbitrators and the other party 15 days prior to the date set for
commencement of the arbitration proceeding.
(D)
The decision of the arbitrators will be forwarded to the parties within 15
days after the conclusion of the arbitration hearing.
(E)
The decision of the arbitration panel is final and binding on the parties and
may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of
securing an enforceable judgment.
(F)
All costs and expenses associated with the arbitration, including the
reasonable legal fees and costs incurred by the prevailing party, must be
paid by the party whose position was not selected by the arbitrators.
4.
Continuing Work. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, CMAR must continue to
perform and maintain progress of the Work during any Dispute Resolution or arbitration
proceedings, and City will continue to make payment to CMAR in accordance with the
Agreement.
5.
Exceptions.
5.1
Neither City nor CMAR are required to arbitrate any third-party claim, cross-claim,
counter claim, or other claim or defenses in any action that is commenced by a
third-party who is not obligated by contract to arbitrate disputes with City and
CMAR.
5.2
City or CMAR may commence and prosecute a civil action to contest a lien or stop
notice, or enforce any lien or stop notice (but only to the extent the lien or stop
notice the party seeks to enforce is enforceable under Arizona law), including,
without limitation, an action under A.R.S. § 33-420, without the necessity of
initiating or exhausting the procedures of this Exhibit.
5.3
This Exhibit does not apply to, and may not be construed to require arbitration of,
any claims, actions or other process undertaken, filed, or issued by the City of
Glendale Building Safety Department, Code Compliance Department, Police
Department, Fire Department, or any other agency of City acting in its
City of Glendale Standard Form Agreement Between Owner and CM@Risk (May 15, 2023)
governmental permitting, for the benefit of public health, safety, and welfare, or
other regulatory capacity.
5.4
In connection with any arbitration, the arbitrators do not have the authority to, and
may not enforce, any provision of the Federal or Arizona Rules of Civil Procedure.